Թուեր / Numbers - 33 |

Text:
< PreviousԹուեր - 33 Numbers - 33Next >


jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
In this chapter we have, I. A particular account of the removals and encampments of the children of Israel, from their escape out of Egypt to their entrance into Canaan, forty-two in all, with some remarkable events that happened at some of those places, ver. 1-49. II. A strict command given them to drive out all the inhabitants of the land of Canaan, which they were not going to conquer and take possession of, ver. 50-56. So that the former part of the chapter looks back upon their march through the wilderness, the latter looks forward to their settlement in Canaan.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
The journeyings of the Israelites written out by Moses, according to the commandment of the Lord, Num 33:1, Num 33:2. They depart from Rameses on the fifteenth day of the first month, on the day after the passover, the first-born of the Egyptians having been slain, Num 33:3, Num 33:4. Their forty-two stations enumerated, vv. 5-49. They are authorized to expel all the former inhabitants, and destroy all remnants of idolatry, Num 33:50-53. The land is to be divided by lot, Num 33:54. Should they not drive out the former inhabitants, they shall be to them as pricks in their eyes and thorns in their sides, Num 33:55. And if not obedient, God will deal with them as he has purposed to do with the Canaanites, Num 33:56.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Num 33:1, The two and forty journeys of the Israelites; Num 33:50, The Canaanites are to be destroyed.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO NUMBERS 33
This chapter gives an account of the journeys of the people of Israel, from their first coming out of Egypt, to their arrival in the plains of Moab by Jordan, and the names of the various stations where they rested are given, Num 33:1 and they are ordered, when they passed over Jordan, to drive out the Canaanites, destroy their idols, and divide the land among their families in their several tribes, Num 33:50 or otherwise it is threatened the Canaanites should be troublesome and vexatious to them, even those that remained; and it might be expected God would do to the Israelites as he thought to do to those nations, Num 33:55.
33:133:1: Եւ ա՛յս են բանակետղք որդւոցն Իսրայէլի՝ յորմէ հետէ ելին յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց հանդերձ զօրուն իւրեանց ՚ի ձեռն Մովսիսի եւ Ահարոնի[1563]։ [1563] Ոմանք. Եւ այս են բանակեալք որդւոցն Իսրայէլի։
1 Սրանք են այն բանակատեղիները, որ դրեցին իսրայէլացիները, երբ Մովսէսի եւ Ահարոնի գլխաւորութեամբ, իրենց զօրքով հանդերձ դուրս եկան Եգիպտոսից:
33 Մովսէսին ու Ահարոնին միջոցով Եգիպտոսի երկրէն իրենց զօրքերովը ելլող Իսրայէլի որդիներուն իջեւանները ասոնք են։
Եւ այս են բանակետղք որդւոցն Իսրայելի` յորմէ հետէ ելին յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց հանդերձ զօրուն իւրեանց ի ձեռն Մովսիսի եւ Ահարոնի:

33:1: Եւ ա՛յս են բանակետղք որդւոցն Իսրայէլի՝ յորմէ հետէ ելին յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց հանդերձ զօրուն իւրեանց ՚ի ձեռն Մովսիսի եւ Ահարոնի[1563]։
[1563] Ոմանք. Եւ այս են բանակեալք որդւոցն Իսրայէլի։
1 Սրանք են այն բանակատեղիները, որ դրեցին իսրայէլացիները, երբ Մովսէսի եւ Ահարոնի գլխաւորութեամբ, իրենց զօրքով հանդերձ դուրս եկան Եգիպտոսից:
33 Մովսէսին ու Ահարոնին միջոցով Եգիպտոսի երկրէն իրենց զօրքերովը ելլող Իսրայէլի որդիներուն իջեւանները ասոնք են։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:11: Вот станы сынов Израилевых, которые вышли из земли Египетской по ополчениям своим, под начальством Моисея и Аарона.
33:1 καὶ και and; even οὗτοι ουτος this; he σταθμοὶ σταθμος the υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ὡς ως.1 as; how ἐξῆλθον εξερχομαι come out; go out ἐκ εκ from; out of γῆς γη earth; land Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos σὺν συν with; [definite object marker] δυνάμει δυναμις power; ability αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐν εν in χειρὶ χειρ hand Μωυσῆ μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs καὶ και and; even Ααρων ααρων Aarōn; Aaron
33:1 אֵ֜לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these מַסְעֵ֣י masʕˈê מַסַּע breaking בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יָצְא֛וּ yāṣᵊʔˈû יצא go out מֵ mē מִן from אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt לְ lᵊ לְ to צִבְאֹתָ֑ם ṣivʔōṯˈām צָבָא service בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יַד־ yaḏ- יָד hand מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses וְ wᵊ וְ and אַהֲרֹֽן׃ ʔahᵃrˈōn אַהֲרֹן Aaron
33:1. hae sunt mansiones filiorum Israhel qui egressi sunt de Aegypto per turmas suas in manu Mosi et AaronThese are the mansions of the children of Israel, who went out of Egypt by their troops under the conduct of Moses and Aaron,
1. These are the journeys of the children of Israel, when they went forth out of the land of Egypt by their hosts under the hand of Moses and Aaron.
33:1. These are the lodging places of the sons of Israel, who departed from Egypt by their companies under the hand of Moses and Aaron,
33:1. These [are] the journeys of the children of Israel, which went forth out of the land of Egypt with their armies under the hand of Moses and Aaron.
These [are] the journeys of the children of Israel, which went forth out of the land of Egypt with their armies under the hand of Moses and Aaron:

1: Вот станы сынов Израилевых, которые вышли из земли Египетской по ополчениям своим, под начальством Моисея и Аарона.
33:1
καὶ και and; even
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
σταθμοὶ σταθμος the
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ὡς ως.1 as; how
ἐξῆλθον εξερχομαι come out; go out
ἐκ εκ from; out of
γῆς γη earth; land
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
σὺν συν with; [definite object marker]
δυνάμει δυναμις power; ability
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
χειρὶ χειρ hand
Μωυσῆ μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
καὶ και and; even
Ααρων ααρων Aarōn; Aaron
33:1
אֵ֜לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
מַסְעֵ֣י masʕˈê מַסַּע breaking
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֗ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יָצְא֛וּ yāṣᵊʔˈû יצא go out
מֵ מִן from
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
לְ lᵊ לְ to
צִבְאֹתָ֑ם ṣivʔōṯˈām צָבָא service
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יַד־ yaḏ- יָד hand
מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַהֲרֹֽן׃ ʔahᵃrˈōn אַהֲרֹן Aaron
33:1. hae sunt mansiones filiorum Israhel qui egressi sunt de Aegypto per turmas suas in manu Mosi et Aaron
These are the mansions of the children of Israel, who went out of Egypt by their troops under the conduct of Moses and Aaron,
33:1. These are the lodging places of the sons of Israel, who departed from Egypt by their companies under the hand of Moses and Aaron,
33:1. These [are] the journeys of the children of Israel, which went forth out of the land of Egypt with their armies under the hand of Moses and Aaron.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1-49: В настоящей главе перечислены 42: стана, что, конечно, далеко не соответствует количеству всех остановок, имевших себе место за долгий период сорокалетнего пустынного странствования евреев. Возможно предположить, что отмечены лишь пункты продолжительных остановок, со сбором и постановкой скинии, притом остановок, оставивших какой-нибудь след в жизни и религиозном сознании странствовавших.

Сделать точное географическое определение тех 42: станов, которые отмечаются XXXIII гл. кн. Числ, невозможно за недостатком необходимых для того данных. Возможно отметить лишь главное направление движения евреев из Раамсеса до Иордана.

Из Раамсеса евреи двинулись на восток, по направлению к северной оконечности Суэзского залива. Здесь имели себе место остановки: Сокхоф, Ефам, Пигахироф, что пред Ваал-Цеероном, и Мигдол.

В пределах северной оконечности Суэзского залива произошел чудесный переход евреями Чермного моря. По выходе из моря израильтяне двинулись по западному берегу Синайского полуострова (пустыни Ефам, Сур, Син) к югу, до гор Синая. Здесь имели себе место остановки: Мерра, Елим, стан у моря, стан в пустыне Зин, Дофка, Алуша, Рефидим, Синай.

От Синая евреи двинулись на северо-восток (пустыня Фаран), к северной оконечности залива Акаба (Ецион-Гавер), отсюда — на север, к южным пределам Ханаана (Кадес). Здесь имели себе место остановки: Тавера-Киброт-Гаттаава, Асироф, Рифма, Римнон-Фарец, Ливна, Рисса, Кегелафа, Шафер, Харада, Макелоф, Тахаф, Тарах, Мифка, Хашмона, Мосероф, Бене-Яакан, Хор-Агидгад, Иотваф, Аврон, Ецион-Гавер, Кадес в пустыне Цин.

По окончании 38-летнего странствования (в наказание за ропот) евреи прибыли опять в Кадес. Отсюда они идут на восток и потом на север, в обход Идумеи и Моава: победоносно проходят царства Сигона аморрейского и Ога васанского; спускаются обратно на юг и сосредоточиваются в моавитских равнинах у Иордана, против Иерихона. Здесь имели себе место остановки: стан у горы Ор, Салмон, Пунон, Овоф, Ийм-Аварим, Дивон-Гад, Алмон-Дивлафаим, стан у горы Нево, стан на равнинах моавитских у Иордана, против Иерихона, в пределах от Беф-Иешимофа до Аве-Ситтима (ХХI-ХХII гл. кн. Чис. после стана Ийм-Аварим упоминают следующие: в долине Заред, у потока Арнон, у колодца Беер, Матанна, Нагалиил, Вамоф, Гай у Фасги, Аморрея, Васан, равнины моавитские у Иордана, против Иерихона).
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
1: Encampments of the Israelites.B. C. 1452.
1 These are the journeys of the children of Israel, which went forth out of the land of Egypt with their armies under the hand of Moses and Aaron. 2 And Moses wrote their goings out according to their journeys by the commandment of the LORD: and these are their journeys according to their goings out. 3 And they departed from Rameses in the first month, on the fifteenth day of the first month; on the morrow after the passover the children of Israel went out with an high hand in the sight of all the Egyptians. 4 For the Egyptians buried all their firstborn, which the LORD had smitten among them: upon their gods also the LORD executed judgments. 5 And the children of Israel removed from Rameses, and pitched in Succoth. 6 And they departed from Succoth, and pitched in Etham, which is in the edge of the wilderness. 7 And they removed from Etham, and turned again unto Pi-hahiroth, which is before Baal-zephon: and they pitched before Migdol. 8 And they departed from before Pi-hahiroth, and passed through the midst of the sea into the wilderness, and went three days' journey in the wilderness of Etham, and pitched in Marah. 9 And they removed from Marah, and came unto Elim: and in Elim were twelve fountains of water, and threescore and ten palm trees; and they pitched there. 10 And they removed from Elim, and encamped by the Red sea. 11 And they removed from the Red sea, and encamped in the wilderness of Sin. 12 And they took their journey out of the wilderness of Sin, and encamped in Dophkah. 13 And they departed from Dophkah, and encamped in Alush. 14 And they removed from Alush, and encamped at Rephidim, where was no water for the people to drink. 15 And they departed from Rephidim, and pitched in the wilderness of Sinai. 16 And they removed from the desert of Sinai, and pitched at Kibroth-hattaavah. 17 And they departed from Kibroth-hattaavah, and encamped at Hazeroth. 18 And they departed from Hazeroth, and pitched in Rithmah. 19 And they departed from Rithmah, and pitched at Rimmon-parez. 20 And they departed from Rimmon-parez, and pitched in Libnah. 21 And they removed from Libnah, and pitched at Rissah. 22 And they journeyed from Rissah, and pitched in Kehelathah. 23 And they went from Kehelathah, and pitched in mount Shapher. 24 And they removed from mount Shapher, and encamped in Haradah. 25 And they removed from Haradah, and pitched in Makheloth. 26 And they removed from Makheloth, and encamped at Tahath. 27 And they departed from Tahath, and pitched at Tarah. 28 And they removed from Tarah, and pitched in Mithcah. 29 And they went from Mithcah, and pitched in Hashmonah. 30 And they departed from Hashmonah, and encamped at Moseroth. 31 And they departed from Moseroth, and pitched in Bene-jaakan. 32 And they removed from Bene-jaakan, and encamped at Hor-hagidgad. 33 And they went from Hor-hagidgad, and pitched in Jotbathah. 34 And they removed from Jotbathah, and encamped at Ebronah. 35 And they departed from Ebronah, and encamped at Ezion-gaber. 36 And they removed from Ezion-gaber, and pitched in the wilderness of Zin, which is Kadesh. 37 And they removed from Kadesh, and pitched in mount Hor, in the edge of the land of Edom. 38 And Aaron the priest went up into mount Hor at the commandment of the LORD, and died there, in the fortieth year after the children of Israel were come out of the land of Egypt, in the first day of the fifth month. 39 And Aaron was an hundred and twenty and three years old when he died in mount Hor. 40 And king Arad the Canaanite, which dwelt in the south in the land of Canaan, heard of the coming of the children of Israel. 41 And they departed from mount Hor, and pitched in Zalmonah. 42 And they departed from Zalmonah, and pitched in Punon. 43 And they departed from Punon, and pitched in Oboth. 44 And they departed from Oboth, and pitched in Ije-abarim, in the border of Moab. 45 And they departed from Iim, and pitched in Dibon-gad. 46 And they removed from Dibon-gad, and encamped in Almon-diblathaim. 47 And they removed from Almon-diblathaim, and pitched in the mountains of Abarim, before Nebo. 48 And they departed from the mountains of Abarim, and pitched in the plains of Moab by Jordan near Jericho. 49 And they pitched by Jordan, from Beth-jesimoth even unto Abel-shittim in the plains of Moab.
This is a review and brief rehearsal of the travels of the children of Israel through the wilderness. It was a memorable history and well worthy to be thus abridged, and the abridgment thus preserved, to the honour of God that led them and for the encouragement of the generations that followed. Observe here,
I. How the account was kept: Moses wrote their goings out, v. 2. When they began this tedious march, God ordered him to keep a journal or diary, and to insert in it all the remarkable occurrences of their way, that it might be a satisfaction to himself in the review and an instruction to others when it should be published. It may be of good use to private Christians, but especially to those in public stations, to preserve in writing an account of the providences of God concerning them, the constant series of mercies they have experienced, especially those turns and changes which have made some days of their lives more remarkable. Our memories are deceitful and need this help, that we may remember all the way which the Lord our God has led us in this wilderness, Deut. viii. 2.
II. What the account itself was. It began with their departure out of Egypt, continued with their march through the wilderness, and ended in the plains of Moab, where they now lay encamped.
1. Some things are observed here concerning their departure out of Egypt, which they are reminded of upon all occasions, as a work of wonder never to be forgotten. (1.) That they went forth with their armies (v. 1), rank and file, as an army with banners. (2.) Under the hand of Moses and Aaron, their guides, overseers, and rulers, under God. (3.) With a high hand, because God's hand was high that wrought for them, and in the sight of all the Egyptians, v. 3. They did not steal away clandestinely (Isa. lii. 12), but in defiance of their enemies, to whom God had made them such a burdensome stone that they neither could, nor would, nor durst, oppose them. (4.) They went forth while the Egyptians were burying, or at least preparing to bury, their first-born, v. 4. They had a mind good enough, or rather bad enough, still to have detained the Israelites their prisoners, but God found them other work to do. They would have God's first-born buried alive, but God set them a burying their own first-born. (5.) To all the plagues of Egypt it is added here that on their gods also the Lord executed judgments. Their idols which they worshipped, it is probable, were broken down, as Dagon afterwards before the ark, so that they could not consult them about this great affair. To this perhaps there is reference, Isa. xix. 1, The idols of Egypt shall be moved at his presence.
2. Concerning their travels towards Canaan. Observe, (1.) They were continually upon the remove. When they had pitched a little while in one place they departed from that to another. Such is our state in this world; we have here no continuing city. (2.) Most of their way lay through a wilderness, uninhabited, untracked, unfurnished even with the necessaries of human life, which magnifies the wisdom and power of God, by whose wonderful conduct and bounty the thousands of Israel not only subsisted for forty years in that desolate place, but came out at least as numerous and vigorous as they went in. At first they pitched in the edge of the wilderness (v. 6), but afterwards in the heart of it; by less difficulties God prepares his people for greater. We find them in the wilderness of Etham (v. 8), of Sin (v. 11), of Sinai, v. 15. Our removals in this world are but from one wilderness to another. (3.) They were led to and fro, forward and backward, as in a maze or labyrinth, and yet were all the while under the direction of the pillar of cloud and fire. He led them about (Deut. xxxii. 10), and yet led them the right way, Ps. cvii. 7. The way which God takes in bringing his people to himself is always the best way, though it does not always seem to us the nearest way. (4.) Some events are mentioned in this journal, as their want of water at Rephidim (v. 14), the death of Aaron (v. 38, 39), the insult of Arad (v. 40); and the very name of Kibroth-hattaavah--the graves of lusts (v. 16), has a story depending upon it. Thus we ought to keep in mind the providences of God concerning us and our families, us and our land, and the many instances of that divine care which has led us, and fed us, and kept us, all our days hitherto. Shittim, the place where the people sinned in the matter of Peor (ch. xxv. 1), is here called Abel-shittim. Abel signifies mourning (as Gen. l. 11), and probably this place was so called from the mourning of the good people of Israel on account of that sin and of God's wrath against them for it. It was so great a mourning that it gave a name to the place.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
33:1: This list was written out by Moses at God's command Num 33:2, doubtless as a memorial of God's providential care for His people throughout this long and trying period.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:1: with their armies: Exo 12:37, Exo 12:51, Exo 13:18
under the hand: Jos 24:5; Sa1 12:8; Psa 77:20; Mic 6:4
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
33:1
As the Israelites had ended their wanderings through the desert, when they arrived in the steppes of Moab by the Jordan opposite to Jericho (Num 22:1), and as they began to take possession when the conquered land beyond Jordan was portioned out (ch. 32), the history of the desert wandering closes with a list of the stations which they had left behind them. This list was written out by Moses "at the command of Jehovah" (Num 33:2), as a permanent memorial for after ages, as every station which Israel left behind on the journey from Egypt to Canaan "through the great and terrible desert," was a memorial of the grace and faithfulness with which the Lord led His people safely "in the desert land and in the waste howling wilderness, and kept him as the apple of His eye, as an eagle fluttereth over her young, spreadeth abroad her wings, taketh them, beareth them on her wings" (Ex 19:4; Deut 32:10.).
Num 33:1-15
The first and second verses form the heading: "These are the marches of the children of Israel, which they marched out," i.e., the marches which they made from one place to another, on going out of Egypt. מסּע does not mean a station, but the breaking up of a camp, and then a train, or march (see at Ex 12:37, and Gen 13:3). לצבאתם (see Ex 7:4). בּיד, under the guidance, as in Num 4:28, and Ex 38:21. למסעיהם מוצאיהם, "their goings out (properly, their places of departure) according to their marches," is really equivalent to the clause which follows: "their marches according to their places of departure." The march of the people is not described by the stations, or places of encampment, but by the particular spots from which they set out. Hence the constant repetition of the word ויּסעוּ, "and they broke up." In Num 33:3-5, the departure is described according to Ex 12:17, Ex 12:37-41. On the judgments of Jehovah upon the gods of Egypt, see at Ex 12:12. "With an high hand:" as in Ex 14:8. - The places of encampment from Succoth to the desert of Sinai (Num 33:5-15) agree with those in the historical account, except that the stations at the Red Sea (Num 33:10) and those at Dophkah and Alush (Num 33:13 and Num 33:14) are passed over there. For Raemses, see at Ex 12:37. Succoth and Etham (Ex 13:20). Pihahiroth (Ex 14:2). "The wilderness" (Num 33:8) is the desert of Shur, according to Ex 15:22. Marah, see Ex 15:23. Elim (Ex 15:27). For the Red Sea and the wilderness of Sin, see Ex 16:1. For Dophkah, Alush, and Rephidim, see Ex 17:1; and for the wilderness of Sinai, Ex 19:2.
Numbers 33:16-35
In vv. 16-36 there follow twenty-one names of places where the Israelites encamped from the time that they left the wilderness of Sinai till they encamped in the wilderness of Zin, i.e., Kadesh. The description of the latter as "the wilderness of Zin, which is Kadesh," which agrees almost word for word with Num 20:1, and still more the agreement of the places mentioned in Num 33:37-49, as the encampments of Israel after leaving Kadesh till their arrival in the steppes of Moab, with the march of the people in the fortieth year as described in Num 20:22-22:1, put it beyond all doubt that the encampment in the wilderness of Zin, i.e., Kadesh (Num 33:36), is to be understood as referring to the second arrival in Kadesh after the expiration of the thirty-eight years of wandering in the desert to which the congregation had been condemned. Consequently the twenty-one names in vv. 16-36 contain not only the places of encampment at which the Israelites encamped in the second year of their march from Sinai to the desert of Paran at Kadesh, whence the spies were despatched into Canaan, but also those in which they encamped for a longer period during the thirty-eight years of punishment in the wilderness. This view is still further confirmed by the fact that the two first of the stations named after the departure from the wilderness of Sinai, viz., Kibroth-hattaavah and Hazeroth, agree with those named in the historical account in Num 11:34 and Num 11:35. Now if, according to Num 12:16, when the people left Hazeroth, they encamped in the desert of Paran, and despatched the spies thence out of the desert of Zin (Num 13:21), who returned to the congregation after forty days "into the desert of Paran to Kadesh" (Num 13:26), it is as natural as it well can be to seek for this place of encampment in the desert of Paran or Zin at Kadesh under the name of Rithmah, which follows Hazeroth in the present list (Num 33:18). This natural supposition reaches the highest degree of probability, from the fact that, in the historical account, the place of encampment, from which the sending out of the spies took place, is described in so indefinite a manner as the "desert of Paran," since this name does not belong to a small desert, just capable of holding the camp of the Israelites, but embraces the whole of the large desert plateau which stretches from the central mountains of Horeb in the south to the mountains of the Amorites, which really form part of Canaan, and contains no less than 400 (? 10,000 English) square miles. In this desert the Israelites could only pitch their camp in one particular spot, which is called Rithmah in the list before us; whereas in the historical account the passage is described, according to what the Israelites performed and experienced in this encampment, as near to the southern border of Canaan, and is thus pointed out with sufficient clearness for the purpose of the historical account. To this we may add the coincidence of the name Rithmah with the Wady Abu Retemat, which is not very far to the south of Kadesh, "a wide plain with shrubs and retem," i.e., broom (Robinson, i. p. 279), in the neighbourhood of which, and behind the chalk formation which bounds it towards the east, there is a copious spring of sweet water called Ain el Kudeirt. This spot was well adapted for a place of encampment for Israel, which was so numerous that it might easily stretch into the desert of Zin, and as far as Kadesh.
The seventeen places of encampment, therefore, that are mentioned in vv. 19-36 between Rithmah and Kadesh, are the places at which Israel set up in the desert, from their return from Kadesh into the "desert of the way to the Red Sea" (Num 14:25), till the reassembling of the whole congregation in the desert of Zin at Kadesh (Num 20:1).
(Note: The different hypotheses for reducing the journey of the Israelites to a few years, have been refuted by Kurtz (iii. 41) in the most conclusive manner possible, and in some respects more elaborately than was actually necessary. Nevertheless Knobel has made a fresh attempt, in the interest of his fragmentary hypothesis, to explain the twenty-one places of encampment given in vv. 16-37 as twenty-one marches made by Israel from Sinai till their first arrival at Kadesh. As the whole distance from Sinai to Kadesh by the straight road through the desert consists of only an eleven days' journey, Knobel endeavours to bring his twenty-one marches into harmony with this statement, by reckoning only five hours to each march, and postulating a few detours in addition, in which the people occupied about a hundred hours or more. The objection which might be raised to this, namely, that the Israelites made much longer marches than these on their way from Egypt to Sinai, he tries to set aside by supposing that the Israelites left their flocks behind them in Egypt, and procured fresh ones from the Bedouins at Sinai. But this assertion is so arbitrary and baseless an idea, that it is not worth while to waste a single word upon the subject (see Ex 12:38). The reduction of the places of encampment to simple marches is proved to be at variance with the text by the express statement in Num 10:33, that when the Israelites left the wilderness of Sinai they went a three days' journey, until the cloud showed them a resting-place. For it is perfectly evydent from this, that the march from one place to another cannot be understood without further ground as being simply a day's march of five hours.)
Of all the seventeen places not a single one is known, or can be pointed out with certainty, except Eziongeber. Only the four mentioned in Num 33:30-33, Moseroth, Bene-Jaakan, Hor-hagidgad, and Jotbathah, are referred to again, viz., in Deut 10:6-7, where Moses refers to the divine protection enjoyed by the Israelites in their wandering in the desert, in these words: "And the children of Israel took their journey from Beeroth-bene-Jaakan to Mosera; there Aaron died, and there he was buried.... From thence they journeyed unto Gudgodah, and from Gudgodah to Jotbathah, a land of water-brooks." Of the identity of the places mentioned in the two passages there can be no doubt whatever. Bene Jaakan is simply an abbreviation of Beeroth-bene-Jaakan, wells of the children of Jaakan. Now if the children of Jaakan were the same as the Horite family of Kanan mentioned in Gen 36:27, - and the reading יעקן for ועקן in 1Chron 1:42 seems to favour this-the wells of Jaakan would have to be sought for on the mountains that bound the Arabah on either the east or west.
Gudgodah is only a slightly altered and abbreviated form of Hor-hagidgad, the cave of Gidgad or Gudgodah; and lastly, Moseroth is simply the plural form of Mosera. But notwithstanding the identity of these four places, the two passages relate to different journeys. Deut 10:6 and Deut 10:7 refers to the march in the fortieth year, when the Israelites went from Kadesh through the Wady Murreh into the Arabah to Mount Hor, and encamped in the Arabah first of all at the wells of the children, and then at Mosera, where Aaron died upon Mount Hor, which was in the neighbourhood, and whence they travelled still farther southwards to Gudgodah and Jotbathah. In the historical account in Num 20 and 21 the three places of encampment, Bene-Jaakan, Gudgodah, and Jotbathah, are not mentioned, because nothing worthy of note occurred there. Gudgodah was perhaps the place of encampment mentioned in Num 21:4, the name of which is not given, where the people were punished with fiery serpents; and Jotbathah is probably to be placed before Zalmonah (Num 33:41). The clause, "a land of water-brooks" (Deut 10:7), points to a spot in or near the southern part of the Arabah, where some wady, or valley with a stream flowing through it, opened into the Arabah from either the eastern or western mountains, and formed a green oasis through its copious supply of water in the midst of the arid steppe. But the Israelites had encamped at the very same places once before, namely, during their thirty-seven years of wandering, in which the people, after returning from Kadesh to the Red Sea through the centre of the great desert of et Tih, after wandering about for some time in the broad desert plateau, went through the Wady el Jerafeh into the Arabah as far as the eastern border of it on the slopes of Mount Hor, and there encamped at Mosera (Moseroth) somewhere near Ain et Taiyibeh (on Robinson's map), and then crossed over to Bene-Jaakan, which was probably on the western border of the Arabah, somewhere near Ain el Ghamr (Robinson), and then turning southwards passed along the Wady el Jeib by Hor-gidgad (Gudgodah), Jotbathah, and Abronah to Eziongeber on the Red Sea; for there can be no doubt whatever that the Eziongeber in Num 33:35, Num 33:36, and that in Deut 2:8, are one and the same town, viz., the well-known port at the northern extremity of the Elanitic Gulf, where the Israelites in the time of Solomon and Jehoshaphat built a fleet to sail to Ophir (3Kings 9:26; 3Kings 22:49). It was not far from Elath (i.e., Akaba), and is supposed to have been "the large and beautiful town of Asziun," which formerly stood, according to Makrizi, near to Aila, where there were many dates, fields, and fruit-trees, though it has now long since entirely disappeared.
Consequently the Israelites passed twice through a portion of the Arabah in a southerly direction towards the Red Sea, the second time from Wady Murreh by Mount Hor, to go round the land of Edom, not quite to the head of the gulf, but only to the Wady el Ithm, through which they crossed to the eastern side of Edomitis; the first time during the thirty-seven years of wandering from Wady el Jerafeh to Moseroth and Bene Jaakan, and thence to Eziongeber.
Num 33:36
"And they removed from Eziongeber, and encamped in the desert of Zin, that is Kadesh:" the return to Kadesh towards the end of the thirty-ninth year is referred to here. The fact that no places of encampment are given between Eziongeber and Kadesh, is not to be attributed to the "plan of the author, to avoid mentioning the same places of encampment a second time," for any such plan is a mere conjecture; but it may be simply and perfectly explained from the fact, that on this return route-which the whole of the people, with their wives, children, and flocks, could accomplish without any very great exertion in ten or fourteen days, as the distance from Aila to Kadesh through the desert of Paran is only about a forty hours' journey upon camels, and Robinson travelled from Akabah to the Wady Retemath, near Kadesh, in four days and a half-no formal camp was pitched at all, probably because the time of penal wandering came to an end at Eziongeber, and the time had arrived when the congregation was to assemble again at Kadesh, and set out thence upon its journey to Canaan. - Hence the eleven names given in Num 33:19-30, between Rithmah and Moseroth, can only refer to those stations at which the congregation pitched their camp for a longer or shorter period during the thirty-seven years of punishment, on their slow return from Kadesh to the Red Sea, and previous to their entering the Arabah and encamping at Moseroth.
This number of stations, which is very small for thirty-seven years (only seventeen from Rithmah or Kadesh to Eziongeber), is a sufficient proof that the congregation of Israel was not constantly wandering about during the whole of that time, but may have remained in many of the places of encampment, probably those which furnished an abundant supply of water and pasturage, not only for weeks and months, but even for years, the people scattering themselves in all directions round about the place where the tabernacle was set up, and making use of such means of support as the desert afforded, and assembling together again when this was all gone, for the purpose of travelling farther and seeking somewhere else a suitable spot for a fresh encampment. Moreover, the words of Deut 1:46, "ye abode in Kadesh many days," when compared with Num 2:1, "then we turned, and took our journey into the wilderness of the way to the Red Sea," show most distinctly, that after the sentence passed upon the people in Kadesh (Num 14), they did not begin to travel back at once, but remained for a considerable time in Kadesh before going southwards into the desert.
With regard to the direction which they took, all that can be said, so long as none of the places of encampment mentioned in Num 33:19-29 are discovered, is that they made their way by a very circuitous route, and with many a wide detour, to Eziongeber, on the Red Sea.
(Note: We agree so far, therefore, with the vie adopted by Fries, and followed by Kurtz (History of Old Covenant, iii. 306-7) and Schultz (Deut. pp. 153-4), that we regard the stations given in vv. 19-35, between Rithmah and Eziongeber, as referring to the journeys of Israel, after its condemnation in Kadesh, during the thirty-seven years of its wandering about in the desert. But we do not regard the view which these writers have formed of the marches themselves as being well founded, or in accordance with the text, - namely, that the people of Israel did not really come a second time in full procession from the south to Kadesh, but that they had never left Kadesh entirely, inasmuch as then the nation was rejected in Kadesh, the people divided themselves into larger and smaller groups, and that portion which was estranged from Moses, or rather from the Lord, remained in Kadesh even after the rest were scattered about; so that, in a certain sense, Kadesh formed the standing encampment and meeting-place of the congregation even during the thirty-seven years. According to this view, the removals and encampments mentioned in vv. 9-36 do not describe the marches of the whole nation, but are to be understood as the circuit made by the headquarters during the thirty-seven years, with Moses at the head and the sanctuary in the midst (Kurtz), or else as showing "that Moses and Aaron, with the sanctuary and the tribe of Levi, altered their resting-place, say from year to year, thus securing to every part of the nation in turn the nearness of the sanctuary, in accordance with the signals appointed by God (Num 10:11-12), and thus passed over the space between Kadesh and Eziongeber within the first eighteen years, and then, by a similar change of place, gradually drew near to Kadesh during the remaining eighteen or nineteen years, and at length in the last year summoned the whole nation (all the congregation) to assemble together at this meeting-place." Now we cannot admit that in this view "we find all the different and scattered statements of the Pentateuch explained and rendered intelligible." In the first place, it does not do justice even to the list of stations; for if the constantly repeated expression, "and they (the children of Israel, Num 33:1) removed...and encamped," denotes the removal and encamping of the whole congregation in vv. 3-18 and Num 33:37-49, it is certainly at variance with the text to explain the same words in vv. 19-36 as signifying the removal and encamping of the headquarters only, or of Moses, with Aaron and the Levites, and the tabernacle. Again, in all the laws that were given and the events that are described as occurring between the first halt of the congregation in Kadesh (Num 13 and 14) and their return thither at the commencement of the fortieth year (Num 20), the presence of the whole congregation is taken for granted. The sacrificial laws in Num 15, which Moses was to address to the children of Israel (Num 15:1), were given to "the whole congregation" (cf. Num 33:24, Num 33:25, Num 33:26). The man who gathered wood on the Sabbath was taken out of the camp and stoned by "all the congregation" (Num 15:36). "All the congregation" took part in the rebellion of the company of Korah (Num 16:19; Num 17:6, Num 18:8.). It is true this occurrence is supposed by Kurtz to have taken place "during the halt in Kadesh," but the reasons given are by no means conclusive (p. 105). Besides, if we assign everything that is related in Num 15-19 to the time when the whole congregation abode in Kadesh, this deprives the hypothesis of its chief support in Deut 1:46, "and ye abode in Kadesh a long time, according to the days that he abode." For in that case the long abode in Kadesh would include the period of the laws and incidents recorded in Num 15-19, and yet, after all, "the whole congregation" went away. In no case, in fact, can the words be understood as signifying that a portion of the nation remained there during the thirty-seven years. Nor can this be inferred in any way from the fact that their departure is not expressly mentioned; for, at all events, the statement in Num 20:1, "and the children of Israel, the whole congregation, came into the desert of Zin," presupposes that they had gone away. And the "inconceivable idea, that in the last year of their wanderings, when it was their express intention to cross the Jordan and enter Canaan from the east, they should have gone up from Eziongeber to the southern boundary of Canaan, which they had left thirty-seven years before, merely to come back again to the neighbourhood of Eziongeber, after failing in their negotiations with the king of Edom, which they might have carried on from some place much farther south, and to take the road from that point to the country on the east of the Jordan after all" (Fries), loses all the surprising character which it apparently has, if we only give up the assumption upon which it is founded, but which has no support whatever in the biblical history, viz., that during the thirty-seven years of their wandering in the desert, Moses was acquainted with the fact that the Israelites were to enter Canaan from the east, or at any rate that he had formed this plan for some time. If, on the contrary, when the Lord rejected the murmuring nation (Num 14:26), He decided nothing with reference to the way by which the generation that would grow up in the desert was to enter Canaan, - and it was not till after the return to Kadesh that Moses was informed by God that they were to advance into Canaan from the east and not from the south, - it was perfectly natural that when the time of punishment had expired, the Israelites should assemble in Kadesh again, and start from that point upon their journey onward.)
Num 33:37-49
The places of encampment on the journey of the fortieth year from Kadesh to Mount Hor, and round Edom and Moab into the steppes of Moab, have been discussed at Num 20 and 21. On Mount Hor, and Aaron's death there, see at Num 20:22. For the remark in Num 33:40 concerning the Canaanites of Arad, see at Num 21:1. On Zalmonah, Phunon, and Oboth, see at Num 21:10; on Ijje Abarim, at Num 21:11; on Dibon Gad, Almon Diblathaim, and the mountains of Abarim, before Nebo, Num 21:16-20. On Arboth Moab, see Num 22:1.
Geneva 1599
33:1 These [are] the (a) journeys of the children of Israel, which went forth out of the land of Egypt with their armies under the hand of Moses and Aaron.
(a) From which they departed, and where they came.
John Gill
33:1 These are the journeys of the children of Israel,.... Which are related in this chapter following:
which went forth out of the land of Egypt: whither their fathers went and stayed, and were kept in hard bondage, but in due time were delivered from it, and came out from thence:
with their armies; in great numbers, and in an orderly manner, in rank and file, and like so many squadrons, see Ex 7:4, under the hand of Moses and Aaron: who were sent to the king of Egypt to require their dismission, and who were the instruments under God of their deliverance, and were the leaders of them; as of them out of Egypt, so through the wilderness, in their, several journeys here recorded.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:1 TWO AND FORTY JOURNEYS OF THE ISRAELITES--FROM EGYPT TO SINAI. (Num 33:1-15)
These are the journeys of the children of Israel--This chapter may be said to form the winding up of the history of the travels of the Israelites through the wilderness; for the three following chapters relate to matters connected with the occupation and division of the promised land. As several apparent discrepancies will be discovered on comparing the records here given of the journeyings from Sinai with the detailed accounts of the events narrated in the Book of Exodus and the occasional notices of places that are found in that of Deuteronomy, it is probable that this itinerary comprises a list of only the most important stations in their journeys--those where they formed prolonged encampments, and whence they dispersed their flocks and herds to pasture on the adjacent plains till the surrounding herbage was exhausted. The catalogue extends from their departure out of Egypt to their arrival on the plains of Moab.
went forth . . . with their armies--that is, a vast multitude marshalled in separate companies, but regular order.
33:233:2: Եւ գրեաց Մովսէս զչո՛ւս նոցա, եւ զբանակետղս իւրեանց բանիւ Տեառն. եւ ա՛յս են բանակետղք գնացից նոցա[1564]։ [1564] Ոմանք. Եւ զբանակետղն. կամ բանակետղք իւրեանց։
2 Մովսէսը Տիրոջ հրամանով գրի առաւ իսրայէլացիների չուերթն ու նրանց բանակատեղիները: Ահա սրանք են իրենց երթի ժամանակ նրանց դրած բանակատեղիները:
2 Եւ Մովսէս Տէրոջը հրամանովը անոնց իջեւաններուն համեմատ անոնց գնացքները գրեց ու անոնց գնացքներուն համեմատ անոնց իջեւանները ասոնք են։
Եւ գրեաց Մովսէս զչուս նոցա եւ զբանակետղս իւրեանց բանիւ Տեառն. եւ այս են բանակետղք գնացից նոցա:

33:2: Եւ գրեաց Մովսէս զչո՛ւս նոցա, եւ զբանակետղս իւրեանց բանիւ Տեառն. եւ ա՛յս են բանակետղք գնացից նոցա[1564]։
[1564] Ոմանք. Եւ զբանակետղն. կամ բանակետղք իւրեանց։
2 Մովսէսը Տիրոջ հրամանով գրի առաւ իսրայէլացիների չուերթն ու նրանց բանակատեղիները: Ահա սրանք են իրենց երթի ժամանակ նրանց դրած բանակատեղիները:
2 Եւ Մովսէս Տէրոջը հրամանովը անոնց իջեւաններուն համեմատ անոնց գնացքները գրեց ու անոնց գնացքներուն համեմատ անոնց իջեւանները ասոնք են։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:22: Моисей, по повелению Господню, описал путешествие их по станам их, и вот станы путешествия их:
33:2 καὶ και and; even ἔγραψεν γραφω write Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs τὰς ο the ἀπάρσεις απαρσις he; him καὶ και and; even τοὺς ο the σταθμοὺς σταθμος he; him διὰ δια through; because of ῥήματος ρημα statement; phrase κυρίου κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even οὗτοι ουτος this; he σταθμοὶ σταθμος the πορείας πορεια travel; journey αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
33:2 וַ wa וְ and יִּכְתֹּ֨ב yyiḵtˌōv כתב write מֹשֶׁ֜ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מֹוצָאֵיהֶ֛ם môṣāʔêhˈem מֹוצָא issue לְ lᵊ לְ to מַסְעֵיהֶ֖ם masʕêhˌem מַסַּע breaking עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פִּ֣י pˈî פֶּה mouth יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֥לֶּה ʔˌēlleh אֵלֶּה these מַסְעֵיהֶ֖ם masʕêhˌem מַסַּע breaking לְ lᵊ לְ to מֹוצָאֵיהֶֽם׃ môṣāʔêhˈem מֹוצָא issue
33:2. quas descripsit Moses iuxta castrorum loca quae Domini iussione mutabantWhich Moses wrote down according to the places of their encamping, which they changed by the commandment of the Lord.
2. And Moses wrote their goings out according to their journeys by the commandment of the LORD: and these are their journeys according to their goings out.
33:2. which Moses wrote down according to the places of the encampments, which they changed upon the order of the Lord.
33:2. And Moses wrote their goings out according to their journeys by the commandment of the LORD: and these [are] their journeys according to their goings out.
And Moses wrote their goings out according to their journeys by the commandment of the LORD: and these [are] their journeys according to their goings out:

2: Моисей, по повелению Господню, описал путешествие их по станам их, и вот станы путешествия их:
33:2
καὶ και and; even
ἔγραψεν γραφω write
Μωυσῆς μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
τὰς ο the
ἀπάρσεις απαρσις he; him
καὶ και and; even
τοὺς ο the
σταθμοὺς σταθμος he; him
διὰ δια through; because of
ῥήματος ρημα statement; phrase
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
σταθμοὶ σταθμος the
πορείας πορεια travel; journey
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
33:2
וַ wa וְ and
יִּכְתֹּ֨ב yyiḵtˌōv כתב write
מֹשֶׁ֜ה mōšˈeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מֹוצָאֵיהֶ֛ם môṣāʔêhˈem מֹוצָא issue
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַסְעֵיהֶ֖ם masʕêhˌem מַסַּע breaking
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פִּ֣י pˈî פֶּה mouth
יְהוָ֑ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֥לֶּה ʔˌēlleh אֵלֶּה these
מַסְעֵיהֶ֖ם masʕêhˌem מַסַּע breaking
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מֹוצָאֵיהֶֽם׃ môṣāʔêhˈem מֹוצָא issue
33:2. quas descripsit Moses iuxta castrorum loca quae Domini iussione mutabant
Which Moses wrote down according to the places of their encamping, which they changed by the commandment of the Lord.
33:2. which Moses wrote down according to the places of the encampments, which they changed upon the order of the Lord.
33:2. And Moses wrote their goings out according to their journeys by the commandment of the LORD: and these [are] their journeys according to their goings out.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:2: And Moses wrote their goings out according to their journeys - We may consider the whole book of Numbers as a diary, and indeed the first book of travels ever published. Dr. Shaw, Dr. Pococke, and several others, have endeavored to mark out the route of the Israelites, through this great, dreary, and trackless desert, and have ascertained many of the stages here described. Indeed there are sufficient evidences of this important journey still remaining, for the descriptions of many are so particular that the places are readily ascertained by them; but this is not the case with all. Israel was the Church of God in the wilderness, and its unsettled, wandering state under Moses may point out the unsettled state of religion under the law. Their being brought, after the death of Moses, into the promised rest by Joshua, may point out the establishment, fixedness, and certainty of that salvation provided by Jesus Christ, of whom Joshua, in name and conduct, was a remarkable type. Mr. Ainsworth imagines that the forty-two stations here enumerated, through which the Israelites were brought to the verge of the promised land, and afterwards taken over Jordan into the rest which God had promised, point out the forty-two generations from Abraham unto Christ, through whom the Savior of the world came, by whose blood we have an entrance into the holiest, and enjoy the inheritance among the saints in light. And Mr. Bromley, in his Way to the Sabbath of Rest, considers each name and place as descriptive of the spiritual state through which a soul passes in its way to the kingdom of God. But in cases of this kind fancy has much more to do than judgment.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:2: journeys: Num 9:17-23, Num 10:6, Num 10:13; Deu 1:2, Deu 10:11
John Gill
33:2 And Moses wrote their goings out according to their journeys, by the commandment of the Lord,.... Which may be understood, either that their journeys were by the commandment of the Lord; so Aben Ezra takes the connection to be, and which is undoubtedly true, and which is expressed plainly elsewhere; for so it was, that when the cloud abode on the tabernacle they rested, and had their stations, and continued as long as the cloud tarried on it, and when that was taken up, then they marched; and thus at the commandment of the Lord they rested, and at the commandment of the Lord they journeyed, see Num 9:17 or that Moses wrote the account of their journeys, and several stations, at the commandment of the Lord, that it might be on record, and be read in future ages, and appear to be a fact, that they were led about in a wilderness, in places which were unknown to others, and had no names but what they gave them:
and these are their journeys according to their goings out; from place to place; some of the ancients, as Jerom (z) particularly, and some modern writers, have allegorized these journeys of the children of Israel, and have fancied that there is something in the signification of the names of the places they came to, and abode in, suitable to the cases and circumstances of the people of God in their passage through this world; but though the travels of the children of Israel in the wilderness may in general be an emblem of the case and condition of the people of God in this world, and there are many things in them, and which they met with, and befell them, that may be accommodated to them; yet the particulars will never hold good of individual saints, since they are not all led exactly in the same path of difficulties and troubles, but each have something peculiar to themselves; and it will be difficult to apply these things to the church of God in general, in the several stages and periods of time, and which I do not know that any have attempted; and yet, if there is anything pointed out by the travels, one would think it should be that.
(z) "De 42 mansionibus", Fabiolae, "inter opera ejus", T. 3. fol. 13.
John Wesley
33:2 And Moses wrote their goings out - When they set out, God ordered him to keep a journal of all the remarkable occurrences in the way, that it might be a satisfaction to himself and an instruction to others. It may be of use to Christians, to preserve an account of the providences of God concerning them, the constant series of mercies they have experienced, and especially those turns which have made some days of their lives more remarkable.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:2 Moses wrote their goings out according to their journeys by the commandment of the Lord--The wisdom of this divine order is seen in the importance of the end to which it was subservient--namely, partly to establish the truth of the history, partly to preserve a memorial of God's marvellous interpositions on behalf of Israel, and partly to confirm their faith in the prospect of the difficult enterprise on which they were entering, the invasion of Canaan.
33:333:3: Չուեցին յՌամեսսեայ յամսեանն առաջնում, ՚ի հնգետասաներորդում աւուր՝ ամսոյն առաջնոյ. զայգոյ զատկին ելի՛ն որդիքն Իսրայէլի բարձրացեալ ձեռամբ առաջի ամենայն Եգիպտացւոցն.
3 Իսրայէլացիները Ռամեսսէից մեկնեցին առաջին ամսի տասնհինգերորդ օրը: Զատկի յաջորդ օրը նրանք, բոլոր եգիպտացիների աչքի առջեւ, Աստծու հզօր պաշտպանութեամբ ելան Եգիպտոսից,
3 Առաջին ամսուան մէջ, այսինքն առաջին ամսուան տասնըհինգերորդ օրը, Ռամսէսէն չուեցին. զատկին հետեւեալ օրը Իսրայէլի որդիները յաղթականօրէն ելան բոլոր Եգիպտացիներուն աչքին առջեւ,
Չուեցին յՌամեսսեայ յամսեանն առաջնում, ի հնգետասաներորդում աւուր ամսոյն առաջնոյ. զայգոյ զատկին ելին որդիքն Իսրայելի բարձրացեալ ձեռամբ առաջի ամենայն Եգիպտացւոցն:

33:3: Չուեցին յՌամեսսեայ յամսեանն առաջնում, ՚ի հնգետասաներորդում աւուր՝ ամսոյն առաջնոյ. զայգոյ զատկին ելի՛ն որդիքն Իսրայէլի բարձրացեալ ձեռամբ առաջի ամենայն Եգիպտացւոցն.
3 Իսրայէլացիները Ռամեսսէից մեկնեցին առաջին ամսի տասնհինգերորդ օրը: Զատկի յաջորդ օրը նրանք, բոլոր եգիպտացիների աչքի առջեւ, Աստծու հզօր պաշտպանութեամբ ելան Եգիպտոսից,
3 Առաջին ամսուան մէջ, այսինքն առաջին ամսուան տասնըհինգերորդ օրը, Ռամսէսէն չուեցին. զատկին հետեւեալ օրը Իսրայէլի որդիները յաղթականօրէն ելան բոլոր Եգիպտացիներուն աչքին առջեւ,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:33: из Раамсеса отправились они в первый месяц, в пятнадцатый день первого месяца; на другой день Пасхи вышли сыны Израилевы под рукою высокою в глазах всего Египта;
33:3 ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Ραμεσση ραμεσση the μηνὶ μην.1 month τῷ ο the πρώτῳ πρωτος first; foremost τῇ ο the πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ πεντεκαιδεκατος fifteenth ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day τοῦ ο the μηνὸς μην.1 month τοῦ ο the πρώτου πρωτος first; foremost τῇ ο the ἐπαύριον επαυριον tomorrow; next day τοῦ ο the πασχα πασχα Passover ἐξῆλθον εξερχομαι come out; go out οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἐν εν in χειρὶ χειρ hand ὑψηλῇ υψηλος high; lofty ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before πάντων πας all; every τῶν ο the Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian
33:3 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֤וּ yyisʕˈû נסע pull out מֵֽ mˈē מִן from רַעְמְסֵס֙ raʕmᵊsˌēs רַעְמְסֵס Rameses בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the חֹ֣דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month הָֽ hˈā הַ the רִאשֹׁ֔ון rišˈôn רִאשֹׁון first בַּ ba בְּ in חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה ḥᵃmiššˌā חָמֵשׁ five עָשָׂ֛ר ʕāśˈār עָשָׂר -teen יֹ֖ום yˌôm יֹום day לַ la לְ to † הַ the חֹ֣דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month הָ hā הַ the רִאשֹׁ֑ון rišˈôn רִאשֹׁון first מִֽ mˈi מִן from מָּחֳרַ֣ת mmoḥᵒrˈaṯ מָחֳרָת next day הַ ha הַ the פֶּ֗סַח ppˈesaḥ פֶּסַח Passover יָצְא֤וּ yāṣᵊʔˈû יצא go out בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יָ֣ד yˈāḏ יָד hand רָמָ֔ה rāmˈā רום be high לְ lᵊ לְ to עֵינֵ֖י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole מִצְרָֽיִם׃ miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
33:3. profecti igitur de Ramesse mense primo quintadecima die mensis primi altera die phase filii Israhel in manu excelsa videntibus cunctis AegyptiisNow the children of Israel departed from Ramesses the first month, on the fifteenth day of the first month, the day after the phase, with a mighty hand, in the sight of all the Egyptians,
3. And they journeyed from Rameses in the first month, on the fifteenth day of the first month; on the morrow after the passover the children of Israel went out with an high hand in the sight of all the Egyptians,
33:3. Thus the sons of Israel set out from Rameses in the first month, on the fifteenth day of the first month, on the day after the Passover, with an exalted hand, being seen by all the Egyptians.
33:3. And they departed from Rameses in the first month, on the fifteenth day of the first month; on the morrow after the passover the children of Israel went out with an high hand in the sight of all the Egyptians.
And they departed from Rameses in the first month, on the fifteenth day of the first month; on the morrow after the passover the children of Israel went out with an high hand in the sight of all the Egyptians:

3: из Раамсеса отправились они в первый месяц, в пятнадцатый день первого месяца; на другой день Пасхи вышли сыны Израилевы под рукою высокою в глазах всего Египта;
33:3
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Ραμεσση ραμεσση the
μηνὶ μην.1 month
τῷ ο the
πρώτῳ πρωτος first; foremost
τῇ ο the
πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ πεντεκαιδεκατος fifteenth
ἡμέρᾳ ημερα day
τοῦ ο the
μηνὸς μην.1 month
τοῦ ο the
πρώτου πρωτος first; foremost
τῇ ο the
ἐπαύριον επαυριον tomorrow; next day
τοῦ ο the
πασχα πασχα Passover
ἐξῆλθον εξερχομαι come out; go out
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἐν εν in
χειρὶ χειρ hand
ὑψηλῇ υψηλος high; lofty
ἐναντίον εναντιον next to; before
πάντων πας all; every
τῶν ο the
Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian
33:3
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֤וּ yyisʕˈû נסע pull out
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
רַעְמְסֵס֙ raʕmᵊsˌēs רַעְמְסֵס Rameses
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
חֹ֣דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
רִאשֹׁ֔ון rišˈôn רִאשֹׁון first
בַּ ba בְּ in
חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה ḥᵃmiššˌā חָמֵשׁ five
עָשָׂ֛ר ʕāśˈār עָשָׂר -teen
יֹ֖ום yˌôm יֹום day
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
חֹ֣דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month
הָ הַ the
רִאשֹׁ֑ון rišˈôn רִאשֹׁון first
מִֽ mˈi מִן from
מָּחֳרַ֣ת mmoḥᵒrˈaṯ מָחֳרָת next day
הַ ha הַ the
פֶּ֗סַח ppˈesaḥ פֶּסַח Passover
יָצְא֤וּ yāṣᵊʔˈû יצא go out
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יָ֣ד yˈāḏ יָד hand
רָמָ֔ה rāmˈā רום be high
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עֵינֵ֖י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
מִצְרָֽיִם׃ miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
33:3. profecti igitur de Ramesse mense primo quintadecima die mensis primi altera die phase filii Israhel in manu excelsa videntibus cunctis Aegyptiis
Now the children of Israel departed from Ramesses the first month, on the fifteenth day of the first month, the day after the phase, with a mighty hand, in the sight of all the Egyptians,
33:3. Thus the sons of Israel set out from Rameses in the first month, on the fifteenth day of the first month, on the day after the Passover, with an exalted hand, being seen by all the Egyptians.
33:3. And they departed from Rameses in the first month, on the fifteenth day of the first month; on the morrow after the passover the children of Israel went out with an high hand in the sight of all the Egyptians.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:3: From Rameses - This appears to have been the metropolis of the land of Goshen, and the place of rendezvous whence the whole Israelitish nation set out on their journey to the promised land; and is supposed to be the same as Cairo. See the notes on Exo 12:37.
Here Follow the Forty-Two Stations
Station 1.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
33:3-6. For these places, see the marginal reference.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:3: they departed: Gen 47:11; Exo 1:11, Exo 12:37
in the first: Exo 12:2, Exo 13:4
with an high: Exo 14:8; Psa 105:38; Isa 52:12; Mic 2:13
John Gill
33:3 And they departed from Rameses,.... A city in Egypt, where the children of Israel, a little before their departure, seem to have been gathered together in a body, in order to march out all together, as they did. This place the Targum of Jonathan calls Pelusium. Dr. Shaw (a) thinks it might be Cairo, from whence they set forward; see Ex 12:37 and it was
in the first month; in the month Nisan, as the same Targum, or Abib, which was appointed the first month on this account, and answers to part of our March and April:
on the fifteenth of the first month, on the morrow after the passover; that was kept on the fourteenth, when the Lord passed over the houses of the Israelites, and slew all the firstborn in Egypt, which made way for their departure the next morning; the Egyptians being urgent upon them to be gone:
the children of Israel went out with an high hand in the sight of all the Egyptians; openly and publicly, with great courage and boldness, without any fear of their enemies; who seeing them march out, had no power to stop them, or to move their lips at them, nay, were willing to be rid of them; see Ex 11:7.
(a) Travels, p. 307. Ed. 2.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:3 Rameses--generally identified with Heroopoils, now the modern Abu-Keisheid (see on Ex 12:37), which was probably the capital of Goshen, and, by direction of Moses, the place of general rendezvous previous to their departure.
33:433:4: եւ Եգիպտացիքն թաղեցին զամենայն մեռեալսն ՚ի նոցանէ, զորս կոտորեաց Տէր զամենայն անդրանիկս յերկրին Եգիպտացւոց. եւ ՚ի դի՛ս նոցա արար վրէժխնդրութիւն Տէր[1565]. [1565] Այլք. Եւ Եգիպտացիքն թաղէին զամենայն մեռ՛՛։
4 երբ եգիպտացիները թաղում էին իրենց բոլոր անդրանիկ որդիներին: Տէրը կոտորել էր Եգիպտացիների երկրի բոլոր անդրանիկ զաւակներին: Տէրը նրանցից վրէժ էր լուծել իրենց չաստուածների համար:
4 Երբ Եգիպտացիները իրենց մեռելները կը թաղէին, քանզի Տէրը անոնց բոլոր անդրանիկները ջարդեց եւ Տէրը անոնց աստուածներուն վրայ դատաստան ըրաւ։
եւ Եգիպտացիքն թաղէին զամենայն մեռեալսն ի նոցանէ, զորս կոտորեաց Տէր, զամենայն անդրանիկս [529]յերկրին Եգիպտացւոց``, եւ ի դիս նոցա արար [530]վրէժխնդրութիւն Տէր:

33:4: եւ Եգիպտացիքն թաղեցին զամենայն մեռեալսն ՚ի նոցանէ, զորս կոտորեաց Տէր զամենայն անդրանիկս յերկրին Եգիպտացւոց. եւ ՚ի դի՛ս նոցա արար վրէժխնդրութիւն Տէր[1565].
[1565] Այլք. Եւ Եգիպտացիքն թաղէին զամենայն մեռ՛՛։
4 երբ եգիպտացիները թաղում էին իրենց բոլոր անդրանիկ որդիներին: Տէրը կոտորել էր Եգիպտացիների երկրի բոլոր անդրանիկ զաւակներին: Տէրը նրանցից վրէժ էր լուծել իրենց չաստուածների համար:
4 Երբ Եգիպտացիները իրենց մեռելները կը թաղէին, քանզի Տէրը անոնց բոլոր անդրանիկները ջարդեց եւ Տէրը անոնց աստուածներուն վրայ դատաստան ըրաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:44: между тем Египтяне хоронили всех первенцев, которых поразил у них Господь, и над богами их Господь совершил суд.
33:4 καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian ἔθαπτον θαπτω bury; have a funeral for ἐξ εκ from; out of αὑτῶν εαυτου of himself; his own τοὺς ο the τεθνηκότας θνησκω die; departed πάντας πας all; every οὓς ος who; what ἐπάταξεν πατασσω pat; impact κύριος κυριος lord; master πᾶν πας all; every πρωτότοκον πρωτοτοκος firstborn ἐν εν in γῇ γη earth; land Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the θεοῖς θεος God αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make τὴν ο the ἐκδίκησιν εκδικησις vindication; vengeance κύριος κυριος lord; master
33:4 וּ û וְ and מִצְרַ֣יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt מְקַבְּרִ֗ים mᵊqabbᵊrˈîm קבר bury אֵת֩ ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הִכָּ֧ה hikkˈā נכה strike יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH בָּהֶ֖ם bāhˌem בְּ in כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole בְּכֹ֑ור bᵊḵˈôr בְּכֹר first-born וּ û וְ and בֵ vē בְּ in אלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ם ʔlˈōhêhˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) עָשָׂ֥ה ʕāśˌā עשׂה make יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH שְׁפָטִֽים׃ šᵊfāṭˈîm שֶׁפֶט judgment
33:4. et sepelientibus primogenitos quos percusserat Dominus nam et in diis eorum exercuerat ultionemWho were burying their firstborn, whom the Lord had slain (upon their gods also he had executed vengeance,)
4. while the Egyptians were burying all their firstborn, which the LORD had smitten among them: upon their gods also the LORD executed judgments.
33:4. And these were burying their firstborn, whom the Lord had struck down (for so, too, did he carry out retribution against their gods).
33:4. For the Egyptians buried all [their] firstborn, which the LORD had smitten among them: upon their gods also the LORD executed judgments.
For the Egyptians buried all [their] firstborn, which the LORD had smitten among them: upon their gods also the LORD executed judgments:

4: между тем Египтяне хоронили всех первенцев, которых поразил у них Господь, и над богами их Господь совершил суд.
33:4
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
Αἰγύπτιοι αιγυπτιος Egyptian
ἔθαπτον θαπτω bury; have a funeral for
ἐξ εκ from; out of
αὑτῶν εαυτου of himself; his own
τοὺς ο the
τεθνηκότας θνησκω die; departed
πάντας πας all; every
οὓς ος who; what
ἐπάταξεν πατασσω pat; impact
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πᾶν πας all; every
πρωτότοκον πρωτοτοκος firstborn
ἐν εν in
γῇ γη earth; land
Αἰγύπτῳ αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
θεοῖς θεος God
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make
τὴν ο the
ἐκδίκησιν εκδικησις vindication; vengeance
κύριος κυριος lord; master
33:4
וּ û וְ and
מִצְרַ֣יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
מְקַבְּרִ֗ים mᵊqabbᵊrˈîm קבר bury
אֵת֩ ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הִכָּ֧ה hikkˈā נכה strike
יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בָּהֶ֖ם bāhˌem בְּ in
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
בְּכֹ֑ור bᵊḵˈôr בְּכֹר first-born
וּ û וְ and
בֵ בְּ in
אלֹ֣הֵיהֶ֔ם ʔlˈōhêhˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
עָשָׂ֥ה ʕāśˌā עשׂה make
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
שְׁפָטִֽים׃ šᵊfāṭˈîm שֶׁפֶט judgment
33:4. et sepelientibus primogenitos quos percusserat Dominus nam et in diis eorum exercuerat ultionem
Who were burying their firstborn, whom the Lord had slain (upon their gods also he had executed vengeance,)
33:4. And these were burying their firstborn, whom the Lord had struck down (for so, too, did he carry out retribution against their gods).
33:4. For the Egyptians buried all [their] firstborn, which the LORD had smitten among them: upon their gods also the LORD executed judgments.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:4: buried: Exo 12:29, Exo 12:30; Psa 105:36
upon their gods: Exo 12:12, Exo 18:11; Isa 19:1; Zep 2:11; Rev 12:7-9
Geneva 1599
33:4 For the Egyptians buried all [their] firstborn, which the LORD had smitten among them: upon their (b) gods also the LORD executed judgments.
(b) Either meaning their idols, or their men of authority.
John Gill
33:4 For the Egyptians buried all their firstborn, which the Lord had smitten among them,.... Which contributed much to the more easy and safe deliverance of the children of Israel; for their hearts were heavy with sorrow, and their hands were full, and they had other work to do, namely, to bury their dead, than to molest Israel; and besides, they knew it was for detaining them this stroke came upon them:
upon their gods also the Lord executed judgments; they were moved at the presence, and by the power of God, and fell and were dashed to pieces, as the idols of the same land were in later times, see Is 19:1 and this still the more intimidated and frightened the Egyptians, that they dared not attempt to hinder the departure of the Israelites from them. The Targum of Jonathan says, the Word of the Lord did this; and adds, their molten idols became soft, their strong idols were mutilated, their earthen idols were diminished, their wooden idols became ashes, and those of beasts died.
John Wesley
33:4 On their gods - Their false gods, namely those beasts which the brutish Egyptians worshipped as gods, which were killed with the rest, for the first - born both of men and beasts were then killed. Probably their images likewise were thrown down, as Dagon afterward before the ark.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:4 upon their gods--used either according to Scripture phraseology to denote their rulers (the first-born of the king and his princes) or the idolatrous objects of Egyptian worship.
33:533:5: եւ չուեալ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի յՌամեսսեայ բանակեցան ՚ի Սոկքովթ։
5 Իսրայէլացիները Ռամեսսէից մեկնելով բանակատեղի դրեցին Սոկքոթում:
5 Եւ Իսրայէլի որդիները Ռամսէսէն չուելով՝ Սոկքովթ իջեւան ըրին։
Եւ չուեալ որդւոցն Իսրայելի յՌամեսսեայ բանակեցան ի Սոկքովթ:

33:5: եւ չուեալ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի յՌամեսսեայ բանակեցան ՚ի Սոկքովթ։
5 Իսրայէլացիները Ռամեսսէից մեկնելով բանակատեղի դրեցին Սոկքոթում:
5 Եւ Իսրայէլի որդիները Ռամսէսէն չուելով՝ Սոկքովթ իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:55: Так отправились сыны Израилевы из Раамсеса и расположились станом в Сокхофе.
33:5 καὶ και and; even ἀπάραντες απαιρω remove; take away οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἐκ εκ from; out of Ραμεσση ραμεσση insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Σοκχωθ σοκχωθ Sokchōth; Sokkhoth
33:5 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֥וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel מֵ mē מִן from רַעְמְסֵ֑ס raʕmᵊsˈēs רַעְמְסֵס Rameses וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in סֻכֹּֽת׃ sukkˈōṯ סֻכֹּות Succoth
33:5. castrametati sunt in SoccothAnd they camped in Soccoth.
5. And the children of Israel journeyed from Rameses, and pitched in Succoth.
33:5. And they made camp at Soccoth.
33:5. And the children of Israel removed from Rameses, and pitched in Succoth.
And the children of Israel removed from Rameses, and pitched in Succoth:

5: Так отправились сыны Израилевы из Раамсеса и расположились станом в Сокхофе.
33:5
καὶ και and; even
ἀπάραντες απαιρω remove; take away
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Ραμεσση ραμεσση insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Σοκχωθ σοκχωθ Sokchōth; Sokkhoth
33:5
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֥וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
בְנֵֽי־ vᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
מֵ מִן from
רַעְמְסֵ֑ס raʕmᵊsˈēs רַעְמְסֵס Rameses
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
סֻכֹּֽת׃ sukkˈōṯ סֻכֹּות Succoth
33:5. castrametati sunt in Soccoth
And they camped in Soccoth.
33:5. And they made camp at Soccoth.
33:5. And the children of Israel removed from Rameses, and pitched in Succoth.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:5: And pitched in Succoth - This name signifies booths or tents, and probably refers to no town or village, but simply designates the place where they pitched their tents for the first time after their departure from Rameses.
Stat. 2.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:5: removed: Exo 12:37
Rameses: This appears to have been the capital of the land of Goshen, and the rendezvous of the Israelites. It is placed by Jerome in the extremity of Egypt, in the Arsenoitic nome.
John Gill
33:5 And the children of Israel removed from Rameses,.... Or Pelusium, as the same Targum again:
and pitched in Succoth: where, as the same paraphrase says, they were covered with the clouds of glory, suggesting that to be the reason of its name; but that was rather because of the booths or tents the Israelites erected, pitched, and dwelt in, during their abode there: this, according to Bunting (b), was eight miles from Rameses; according to whose computation, for want of a better guide, the distances of the several stations from each other will be given.
(b) Travels of the Patriarchs, &c. p. 81.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:5 pitched in Succoth--that is, "booths"--a place of no note except as a temporary halting place, at Birketel-Hadji, the Pilgrim's Pool [CALMET].
33:633:6: Եւ չուեալ ՚ի Սոկքովթայ՝ բանակեցան ՚ի Բովթան, որ է մասն ինչ անապատին։
6 Սոկքոթից մեկնելով բանակատեղի դրեցին Բոթանում, որն անապատի մի մասն է:
6 Ու Սոկքովթէն չուելով՝ անապատին ծայրը եղած Ոթոմը իջեւան ըրին։
Եւ չուեալ ի Սոկքովթայ` բանակեցան [531]ի Բովթան, որ է մասն ինչ`` անապատին:

33:6: Եւ չուեալ ՚ի Սոկքովթայ՝ բանակեցան ՚ի Բովթան, որ է մասն ինչ անապատին։
6 Սոկքոթից մեկնելով բանակատեղի դրեցին Բոթանում, որն անապատի մի մասն է:
6 Ու Սոկքովթէն չուելով՝ անապատին ծայրը եղած Ոթոմը իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:66: И отправились из Сокхофа и расположились станом в Ефаме, что на краю пустыни.
33:6 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Σοκχωθ σοκχωθ and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Βουθαν βουθαν who; what ἐστιν ειμι be μέρος μερος part; in particular τι τις anyone; someone τῆς ο the ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness
33:6 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from סֻּכֹּ֑ת ssukkˈōṯ סֻכֹּות Succoth וַ wa וְ and יַּחֲנ֣וּ yyaḥᵃnˈû חנה encamp בְ vᵊ בְּ in אֵתָ֔ם ʔēṯˈām אֵתָם Etham אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בִּ bi בְּ in קְצֵ֥ה qᵊṣˌē קָצֶה end הַ ha הַ the מִּדְבָּֽר׃ mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
33:6. et de Soccoth venerunt in Aetham quae est in extremis finibus solitudinisAnd from Soccoth they came into Etham, which is in the uttermost borders of the wilderness.
6. And they journeyed from Succoth, and pitched in Etham, which is in the edge of the wilderness.
33:6. And from Soccoth they went to Etham, which is at the furthest limits of the wilderness.
33:6. And they departed from Succoth, and pitched in Etham, which [is] in the edge of the wilderness.
And they departed from Succoth, and pitched in Etham, which [is] in the edge of the wilderness:

6: И отправились из Сокхофа и расположились станом в Ефаме, что на краю пустыни.
33:6
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Σοκχωθ σοκχωθ and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Βουθαν βουθαν who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
μέρος μερος part; in particular
τι τις anyone; someone
τῆς ο the
ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness
33:6
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
סֻּכֹּ֑ת ssukkˈōṯ סֻכֹּות Succoth
וַ wa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֣וּ yyaḥᵃnˈû חנה encamp
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
אֵתָ֔ם ʔēṯˈām אֵתָם Etham
אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בִּ bi בְּ in
קְצֵ֥ה qᵊṣˌē קָצֶה end
הַ ha הַ the
מִּדְבָּֽר׃ mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
33:6. et de Soccoth venerunt in Aetham quae est in extremis finibus solitudinis
And from Soccoth they came into Etham, which is in the uttermost borders of the wilderness.
33:6. And from Soccoth they went to Etham, which is at the furthest limits of the wilderness.
33:6. And they departed from Succoth, and pitched in Etham, which [is] in the edge of the wilderness.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:6: Etham, which is in the edge of the wilderness - This place is not well known; Dr. Shaw supposes it to have been one mile from Cairo. Calmet thinks it is the city of Buthum mentioned by Herodotus, which he places in Arabia, on the frontiers of Egypt.
Stat. 3.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:6: departed: Exo 13:20
Succoth: Supposed to be the Suche mentioned by Pliny and the Scenas Mandrorum, in the Antonine Itinerary. The Editor of Calmet places it at Birket el Hadji, or "the Pilgrims' pool," a few miles east of Cairo.
Etham: This was evidently situated towards the north point of the Red sea. Calmet supposes it to be the same as Buthus or Butham, mentioned by Herodotus, who places it in Arabia, on the frontiers of Egypt.
John Gill
33:6 And they departed from Succoth, and pitched in Etham,.... Which was eight miles from Succoth:
which is in the edge of the wilderness; of the name, see Ex 13:20 but Dr. Shaw (c) makes this particular portion of the wilderness to be fifty miles from Cairo or Rameses.
(c) Travels, p. 308.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:6 Etham--edge, or border of all that part of Arabia-PetrÃ&brvbr;a which lay contiguous to Egypt and was known by the general name of Shur.
33:733:7: Չուեցին ՚ի Բովթանայ, եւ բանակեցան առ բերանովն Եպիրովթայ, որ է յանդիման Բէելսեփոնայ, եւ բանակեցան հանդէպ Մակդովղայ[1566]։ [1566] Ոմանք յօրինակաց ՚ի բոլոր առաջիկայ համարագլուխս. Չուեցին, յաւելուն. Եւ. մինչեւ ցհամարն 48։
7 Մեկնեցին Բոթանից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Եպիրոթի մօտ, որը գտնւում է Բեէլսեպփոնի դիմաց, եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Մագդողի դիմաց:
7 Եւ Ոթոմէն չուելով դէպի Փիաիրօթ դարձան, որ Բէեղսեփոնին դէմն է ու Մագդողին առջեւ իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին [532]բանակեցան առ բերանովն Եպիրովթայ``, որ է յանդիման Բէեղսեպփովնայ, եւ բանակեցան հանդէպ Մագդովղայ:

33:7: Չուեցին ՚ի Բովթանայ, եւ բանակեցան առ բերանովն Եպիրովթայ, որ է յանդիման Բէելսեփոնայ, եւ բանակեցան հանդէպ Մակդովղայ[1566]։
[1566] Ոմանք յօրինակաց ՚ի բոլոր առաջիկայ համարագլուխս. Չուեցին, յաւելուն. Եւ. մինչեւ ցհամարն 48։
7 Մեկնեցին Բոթանից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Եպիրոթի մօտ, որը գտնւում է Բեէլսեպփոնի դիմաց, եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Մագդողի դիմաց:
7 Եւ Ոթոմէն չուելով դէպի Փիաիրօթ դարձան, որ Բէեղսեփոնին դէմն է ու Մագդողին առջեւ իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:77: И отправились из Ефама и обратились к Пи-Гахирофу, что пред Ваал-Цефоном, и расположились станом пред Мигдолом.
33:7 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Βουθαν βουθαν and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐπὶ επι in; on στόμα στομα mouth; edge Εϊρωθ ειρωθ who; what ἐστιν ειμι be ἀπέναντι απεναντι before; contrary Βεελσεπφων βεελσεπφων and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἀπέναντι απεναντι before; contrary Μαγδώλου μαγδωλου Magdōlou; Magtholu
33:7 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְעוּ֙ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵֽ mˈē מִן from אֵתָ֔ם ʔēṯˈām אֵתָם Etham וַ wa וְ and יָּ֨שָׁב֙ yyˈāšov שׁוב return עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת pˈî haḥîrˈōṯ פִּי הַחִירֹות Pi Hahiroth אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵ֖י pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֑ון bˈaʕal ṣᵊfˈôn בַּעַל צְפֹן Baal Zephon וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face מִגְדֹּֽל׃ miḡdˈōl מִגְדֹּל Migdol
33:7. inde egressi venerunt contra Phiahiroth quae respicit Beelsephon et castrametati sunt ante MagdolumDeparting from thence they came over against Phihahiroth, which looketh towards Beelsephon, and they camped before Magdalum.
7. And they journeyed from Etham, and turned back unto Pi-hahiroth, which is before Baal-zephon: and they pitched before Migdol.
33:7. Departing from there, they arrived opposite Pi-hahiroth, which looks out toward Baal-zephon, and they were encamped before Migdol.
33:7. And they removed from Etham, and turned again unto Pihahiroth, which [is] before Baalzephon: and they pitched before Migdol.
And they removed from Etham, and turned again unto Pi- hahiroth, which [is] before Baal- zephon: and they pitched before Migdol:

7: И отправились из Ефама и обратились к Пи-Гахирофу, что пред Ваал-Цефоном, и расположились станом пред Мигдолом.
33:7
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Βουθαν βουθαν and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐπὶ επι in; on
στόμα στομα mouth; edge
Εϊρωθ ειρωθ who; what
ἐστιν ειμι be
ἀπέναντι απεναντι before; contrary
Βεελσεπφων βεελσεπφων and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἀπέναντι απεναντι before; contrary
Μαγδώλου μαγδωλου Magdōlou; Magtholu
33:7
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְעוּ֙ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
אֵתָ֔ם ʔēṯˈām אֵתָם Etham
וַ wa וְ and
יָּ֨שָׁב֙ yyˈāšov שׁוב return
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פִּ֣י הַחִירֹ֔ת pˈî haḥîrˈōṯ פִּי הַחִירֹות Pi Hahiroth
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵ֖י pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
בַּ֣עַל צְפֹ֑ון bˈaʕal ṣᵊfˈôn בַּעַל צְפֹן Baal Zephon
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
מִגְדֹּֽל׃ miḡdˈōl מִגְדֹּל Migdol
33:7. inde egressi venerunt contra Phiahiroth quae respicit Beelsephon et castrametati sunt ante Magdolum
Departing from thence they came over against Phihahiroth, which looketh towards Beelsephon, and they camped before Magdalum.
33:7. Departing from there, they arrived opposite Pi-hahiroth, which looks out toward Baal-zephon, and they were encamped before Migdol.
33:7. And they removed from Etham, and turned again unto Pihahiroth, which [is] before Baalzephon: and they pitched before Migdol.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:7: Pi-hahiroth - See on Exo 14:1 (note), and Exo 14:2 (note). Baal-zephon Calmet supposes to be the Clysma of the Greeks, and the Kolzum of the Arabians.
Stat. 4.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:7: they removed: Num 33:8; Exo 14:2, Exo 14:9
Baalzephon: Calmet supposes this to be the Clysma of the Greeks, and the Kolzum of the Arabians. His learned Editor thinks the true situation of Baal-zephon was some miles more northerly than the present Suez.
Geneva 1599
33:7 And they removed from Etham, and turned again unto (c) Pihahiroth, which [is] before Baalzephon: and they pitched before Migdol.
(c) At the commandment of the Lord in (Ex 14:2).
John Gill
33:7 And they removed from Etham, and turned again to Pihahiroth,.... Which was sixteen miles from Etham. This turning, Aben Ezra says, respects the cloud, or Israel; and indeed it may respect both, for, as the cloud turned, Israel turned, being directed by it; and this does not mean that they had been at Pihahiroth before, and now returned to it again; but that they by direction turned out of the straight way in which they were to go to Pihahiroth; for the word "again" may as well, or better, be left out; see Gill on Ex 14:2,
which is before Baalzephon; the name of an idol, as the Targums of Jonathan and Jerusalem, supposed to be placed here, to watch and guard the passage, as Zephon signifies:
and they pitched before Migdol: which was either the name of a city, the same with Migdol, Jer 44:1 or it was a tower, as the word signifies, placed here on the borders of the land, for the defence of it.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:7 Pi-hahiroth, Baal-zephon . . . Migdol--(See on Ex 14:2).
33:833:8: Չուեցին հանդէպ Եպիրովթայ, եւ անցին ընդ մէջ ծովուն յանապատն, եւ գնացին նոքա երեքօրեայ ճանապարհ ընդ անապատն, եւ բանակեցան զԴառն աղբերբքն։
8 Մեկնեցին Եպիրոթի դիմաց ընկած շրջանից, Կարմիր ծովի միջով անցան դէպի անապատ, անապատի միջով երեք օրուայ ճանապարհ կտրեցին եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Դառն աղբիւրների մօտ:
8 Եւ Փիաիրօթի առջեւէն չուելով ու ծովուն մէջէն անցնելով՝ անապատը եկան եւ Ոթոմին անապատին մէջ երեք օրուայ ճամբայ քալելով Մեռա իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին [533]հանդէպ Եպիրովթայ``, եւ անցին ընդ մէջ ծովուն յանապատն, եւ գնացին նոքա երեքօրեայ ճանապարհ ընդ [534]անապատն եւ բանակեցան [535]զԴառն աղբերբքն:

33:8: Չուեցին հանդէպ Եպիրովթայ, եւ անցին ընդ մէջ ծովուն յանապատն, եւ գնացին նոքա երեքօրեայ ճանապարհ ընդ անապատն, եւ բանակեցան զԴառն աղբերբքն։
8 Մեկնեցին Եպիրոթի դիմաց ընկած շրջանից, Կարմիր ծովի միջով անցան դէպի անապատ, անապատի միջով երեք օրուայ ճանապարհ կտրեցին եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Դառն աղբիւրների մօտ:
8 Եւ Փիաիրօթի առջեւէն չուելով ու ծովուն մէջէն անցնելով՝ անապատը եկան եւ Ոթոմին անապատին մէջ երեք օրուայ ճամբայ քալելով Մեռա իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:88: Отправившись от Гахирофа, прошли среди моря в пустыню, и шли три дня пути пустынею Ефам, и расположились станом в Мерре.
33:8 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἀπέναντι απεναντι before; contrary Εϊρωθ ειρωθ and; even διέβησαν διαβαινω step through; go across μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle τῆς ο the θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness καὶ και and; even ἐπορεύθησαν πορευομαι travel; go ὁδὸν οδος way; journey τριῶν τρεις three ἡμερῶν ημερα day διὰ δια through; because of τῆς ο the ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness αὐτοὶ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐν εν in Πικρίαις πικριαι bitterness
33:8 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְעוּ֙ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from פְּנֵ֣י ppᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face הַֽחִירֹ֔ת hˈaḥîrˈōṯ הַחִירֹות Pi Hahiroth וַ wa וְ and יַּֽעַבְר֥וּ yyˈaʕavrˌû עבר pass בְ vᵊ בְּ in תֹוךְ־ ṯôḵ- תָּוֶךְ midst הַ ha הַ the יָּ֖ם yyˌom יָם sea הַ ha הַ the מִּדְבָּ֑רָה mmiḏbˈārā מִדְבָּר desert וַ wa וְ and יֵּ֨לְכ֜וּ yyˌēlᵊḵˈû הלך walk דֶּ֣רֶךְ dˈereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת šᵊlˈōšeṯ שָׁלֹשׁ three יָמִים֙ yāmîm יֹום day בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִדְבַּ֣ר miḏbˈar מִדְבָּר desert אֵתָ֔ם ʔēṯˈām אֵתָם Etham וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מָרָֽה׃ mārˈā מָרָה Marah
33:8. profectique de Phiahiroth transierunt per medium mare in solitudinem et ambulantes tribus diebus per desertum Aetham castrametati sunt in MaraAnd departing from Phihahiroth, they passed through the midst of the sea into the wilderness: and having marched three days through the desert of Etham, they camped in Mara.
8. And they journeyed from before Hahiroth, and passed through the midst of the sea into the wilderness: and they went three days’ journey in the wilderness of Etham, and pitched in Marah.
33:8. And setting out from Pi-hahiroth, they crossed through the middle of the Sea into the wilderness. And having walked for three days through the desert of Etham, they made camp at Marah.
33:8. And they departed from before Pihahiroth, and passed through the midst of the sea into the wilderness, and went three days’ journey in the wilderness of Etham, and pitched in Marah.
And they departed from before Pi- hahiroth, and passed through the midst of the sea into the wilderness, and went three days' journey in the wilderness of Etham, and pitched in Marah:

8: Отправившись от Гахирофа, прошли среди моря в пустыню, и шли три дня пути пустынею Ефам, и расположились станом в Мерре.
33:8
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἀπέναντι απεναντι before; contrary
Εϊρωθ ειρωθ and; even
διέβησαν διαβαινω step through; go across
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τῆς ο the
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness
καὶ και and; even
ἐπορεύθησαν πορευομαι travel; go
ὁδὸν οδος way; journey
τριῶν τρεις three
ἡμερῶν ημερα day
διὰ δια through; because of
τῆς ο the
ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness
αὐτοὶ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐν εν in
Πικρίαις πικριαι bitterness
33:8
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְעוּ֙ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
פְּנֵ֣י ppᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face
הַֽחִירֹ֔ת hˈaḥîrˈōṯ הַחִירֹות Pi Hahiroth
וַ wa וְ and
יַּֽעַבְר֥וּ yyˈaʕavrˌû עבר pass
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
תֹוךְ־ ṯôḵ- תָּוֶךְ midst
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֖ם yyˌom יָם sea
הַ ha הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֑רָה mmiḏbˈārā מִדְבָּר desert
וַ wa וְ and
יֵּ֨לְכ֜וּ yyˌēlᵊḵˈû הלך walk
דֶּ֣רֶךְ dˈereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
שְׁלֹ֤שֶׁת šᵊlˈōšeṯ שָׁלֹשׁ three
יָמִים֙ yāmîm יֹום day
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִדְבַּ֣ר miḏbˈar מִדְבָּר desert
אֵתָ֔ם ʔēṯˈām אֵתָם Etham
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מָרָֽה׃ mārˈā מָרָה Marah
33:8. profectique de Phiahiroth transierunt per medium mare in solitudinem et ambulantes tribus diebus per desertum Aetham castrametati sunt in Mara
And departing from Phihahiroth, they passed through the midst of the sea into the wilderness: and having marched three days through the desert of Etham, they camped in Mara.
33:8. And setting out from Pi-hahiroth, they crossed through the middle of the Sea into the wilderness. And having walked for three days through the desert of Etham, they made camp at Marah.
33:8. And they departed from before Pihahiroth, and passed through the midst of the sea into the wilderness, and went three days’ journey in the wilderness of Etham, and pitched in Marah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:8: And went three days' journey in the wilderness of Etham - Called the wilderness of Shur, Exo 15:22.
And pitched in Marah - Dr. Shaw supposes this place to be at Sedur, over against the valley of Baideah, on the opposite side of the Red Sea.
Stat. 5.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
33:8
Pi-hahiroth - Hebrew "Hahiroth," but perhaps only by an error of transcription. However, the omitted "pi" is only a common Egyptian prefix.
Wilderness of Etham - i. e., that part of the great wilderness of Shur which adjoined Etham; compare Exo 15:22 note.
The list of stations up to that at Sinai agrees with the narrative of Exodus except that we have here mentioned Num 33:10 an encampment by the Red Sea, and two others, Dophkah and Alush Num 33:12-14, which are there omitted. On these places see Exo 17:1 note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:8: departed: Exo 14:21, Exo 14:22-31, Exo 15:22-26
Etham: Called Shur in Exodus; but Dr. Shaw says that Shur is a particular district of the wilderness of Etham.
John Gill
33:8 And they departed from before Pihahiroth,.... Being forced by Pharaoh's army pressing upon them:
and passed through the midst of the sea; from shore to shore, as on dry laud:
into the wilderness: that part of it which lay on the other side, for still it was the wilderness of Etham they went into, as follows:
and went three days' journey in the wilderness of Etham, and pitched in Marah; so called from the bitterness of the waters there, and which is computed to be forty miles from Pihahiroth.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:8 Marah--thought to be Ain Howarah, both from its position and the time (three days) it would take them with their children and flocks to march from the water of Ayun Musa to that spot.
33:933:9: Չուեցին ՚ի Դառն աղբիւրացն՝ եւ եկին յԵղ՚իմ. եւ էին յԵղ՚իմ երկոտասան ակն ջրոց, եւ եւթանասուն ծառ արմաւենեաց. եւ բանակեցան ա՛նդ առ ջրովն։
9 Մեկնեցին Դառն աղբիւրների մօտից եւ եկան Ելիմ: Ելիմում տասներկու ջրի աղբիւր կար եւ արմաւի եօթանասուն ծառ: Նրանք բանակատեղի դրեցին այնտեղ՝ ջրի մօտ:
9 Եւ Մեռայէն չուելով՝ Եղիմ եկան ու Եղիմի մէջ տասներկու ջուրի աղբիւր ու եօթանասուն արմաւենի կային ու հոն իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին [536]ի Դառն աղբերացն`` եւ եկին յԵղիմ. եւ էին յԵղիմ երկոտասան ակն ջրոց, եւ եւթանասուն ծառ արմաւենեաց. եւ բանակեցան անդ [537]առ ջրովն:

33:9: Չուեցին ՚ի Դառն աղբիւրացն՝ եւ եկին յԵղ՚իմ. եւ էին յԵղ՚իմ երկոտասան ակն ջրոց, եւ եւթանասուն ծառ արմաւենեաց. եւ բանակեցան ա՛նդ առ ջրովն։
9 Մեկնեցին Դառն աղբիւրների մօտից եւ եկան Ելիմ: Ելիմում տասներկու ջրի աղբիւր կար եւ արմաւի եօթանասուն ծառ: Նրանք բանակատեղի դրեցին այնտեղ՝ ջրի մօտ:
9 Եւ Մեռայէն չուելով՝ Եղիմ եկան ու Եղիմի մէջ տասներկու ջուրի աղբիւր ու եօթանասուն արմաւենի կային ու հոն իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:99: И отправились из Мерры и пришли в Елим; в Елиме же [было] двенадцать источников воды и семьдесят финиковых дерев, и расположились там станом.
33:9 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Πικριῶν πικριαι and; even ἦλθον ερχομαι come; go εἰς εις into; for Αιλιμ αιλιμ and; even ἐν εν in Αιλιμ αιλιμ twelve πηγαὶ πηγη well; fountain ὑδάτων υδωρ water καὶ και and; even ἑβδομήκοντα εβδομηκοντα seventy στελέχη στελεχος palm tree; palm καὶ και and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐκεῖ εκει there παρὰ παρα from; by τὸ ο the ὕδωρ υδωρ water
33:9 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְעוּ֙ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from מָּרָ֔ה mmārˈā מָרָה Marah וַ wa וְ and יָּבֹ֖אוּ yyāvˌōʔû בוא come אֵילִ֑מָה ʔêlˈimā אֵילִם Elim וּ֠ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in אֵילִם ʔêlˌim אֵילִם Elim שְׁתֵּ֣ים šᵊttˈêm שְׁנַיִם two עֶשְׂרֵ֞ה ʕeśrˈē עֶשְׂרֵה -teen עֵינֹ֥ת ʕênˌōṯ עַיִן eye מַ֛יִם mˈayim מַיִם water וְ wᵊ וְ and שִׁבְעִ֥ים šivʕˌîm שֶׁבַע seven תְּמָרִ֖ים tᵊmārˌîm תָּמָר date-palm וַ wa וְ and יַּחֲנוּ־ yyaḥᵃnû- חנה encamp שָֽׁם׃ šˈām שָׁם there
33:9. profectique de Mara venerunt in Helim ubi erant duodecim fontes aquarum et palmae septuaginta ibique castrametati suntAnd departing from Mara, they came into Elim, where there were twelve fountains of waters, and seventy palm trees: and there they camped.
9. And they journeyed from Marah, and came unto Elim: and in Elim were twelve springs of water, and threescore and ten palm trees; and they pitched there.
33:9. And setting out from Marah, they arrived at Elim, where there were twelve fountains of water and seventy palm trees. And they set up camp there.
33:9. And they removed from Marah, and came unto Elim: and in Elim [were] twelve fountains of water, and threescore and ten palm trees; and they pitched there.
And they removed from Marah, and came unto Elim: and in Elim [were] twelve fountains of water, and threescore and ten palm trees; and they pitched there:

9: И отправились из Мерры и пришли в Елим; в Елиме же [было] двенадцать источников воды и семьдесят финиковых дерев, и расположились там станом.
33:9
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Πικριῶν πικριαι and; even
ἦλθον ερχομαι come; go
εἰς εις into; for
Αιλιμ αιλιμ and; even
ἐν εν in
Αιλιμ αιλιμ twelve
πηγαὶ πηγη well; fountain
ὑδάτων υδωρ water
καὶ και and; even
ἑβδομήκοντα εβδομηκοντα seventy
στελέχη στελεχος palm tree; palm
καὶ και and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐκεῖ εκει there
παρὰ παρα from; by
τὸ ο the
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
33:9
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְעוּ֙ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
מָּרָ֔ה mmārˈā מָרָה Marah
וַ wa וְ and
יָּבֹ֖אוּ yyāvˌōʔû בוא come
אֵילִ֑מָה ʔêlˈimā אֵילִם Elim
וּ֠ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
אֵילִם ʔêlˌim אֵילִם Elim
שְׁתֵּ֣ים šᵊttˈêm שְׁנַיִם two
עֶשְׂרֵ֞ה ʕeśrˈē עֶשְׂרֵה -teen
עֵינֹ֥ת ʕênˌōṯ עַיִן eye
מַ֛יִם mˈayim מַיִם water
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שִׁבְעִ֥ים šivʕˌîm שֶׁבַע seven
תְּמָרִ֖ים tᵊmārˌîm תָּמָר date-palm
וַ wa וְ and
יַּחֲנוּ־ yyaḥᵃnû- חנה encamp
שָֽׁם׃ šˈām שָׁם there
33:9. profectique de Mara venerunt in Helim ubi erant duodecim fontes aquarum et palmae septuaginta ibique castrametati sunt
And departing from Mara, they came into Elim, where there were twelve fountains of waters, and seventy palm trees: and there they camped.
33:9. And setting out from Marah, they arrived at Elim, where there were twelve fountains of water and seventy palm trees. And they set up camp there.
33:9. And they removed from Marah, and came unto Elim: and in Elim [were] twelve fountains of water, and threescore and ten palm trees; and they pitched there.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:9: And came unto Elim - A place on the skirts of the deserts of Sin, two leagues from Tor, and nearly thirty from Corondel, a large bay on the east side of the Red Sea. Dr. Shaw, when he visited this place, found but nine of the twelve wells mentioned in the text, and instead of 70 palm trees, he found upwards of 2,000. See on Exo 15:27 (note).
Stat. 6.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:9: Exo 15:27
John Gill
33:9 And they removed from Marah, and came unto Elim,.... Which was eight miles from Marah:
and in Elim were twelve fountains of water, and three score and ten palm trees, and they pitched there; being a convenient place of water for them,
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:9 Elim--supposed to be Wady Ghurundel (see on Ex 15:27).
33:1033:10: Չուեցին յԵղ՚իմայ, եւ բանակեցան զափամբ Կարմիր ծովուն։
10 Մեկնեցին Ելիմից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Կարմիր ծովի ափին:
10 Եւ Եղիմէն չուելով Կարմիր ծովուն քով իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին յԵղիմայ, եւ բանակեցան զափամբ Կարմիր ծովուն:

33:10: Չուեցին յԵղ՚իմայ, եւ բանակեցան զափամբ Կարմիր ծովուն։
10 Մեկնեցին Ելիմից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Կարմիր ծովի ափին:
10 Եւ Եղիմէն չուելով Կարմիր ծովուն քով իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:1010: И отправились из Елима и расположились станом у Чермного моря.
33:10 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐξ εκ from; out of Αιλιμ αιλιμ and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐπὶ επι in; on θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea ἐρυθράν ερυθρος red
33:10 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from אֵילִ֑ם ʔêlˈim אֵילִם Elim וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon יַם־ yam- יָם sea סֽוּף׃ sˈûf סוּף rush
33:10. sed et inde egressi fixere tentoria super mare Rubrum profectique de mari RubroBut departing from thence also, they pitched their tents by the Red Sea. And departing from the Red Sea,
10. And they journeyed from Elim, and pitched by the Red Sea.
33:10. But departing from there also, they fixed their tents above the Red Sea. And setting out from the Red Sea,
33:10. And they removed from Elim, and encamped by the Red sea.
And they removed from Elim, and encamped by the Red sea:

10: И отправились из Елима и расположились станом у Чермного моря.
33:10
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐξ εκ from; out of
Αιλιμ αιλιμ and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐπὶ επι in; on
θάλασσαν θαλασσα sea
ἐρυθράν ερυθρος red
33:10
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
אֵילִ֑ם ʔêlˈim אֵילִם Elim
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
יַם־ yam- יָם sea
סֽוּף׃ sˈûf סוּף rush
33:10. sed et inde egressi fixere tentoria super mare Rubrum profectique de mari Rubro
But departing from thence also, they pitched their tents by the Red Sea. And departing from the Red Sea,
33:10. But departing from there also, they fixed their tents above the Red Sea. And setting out from the Red Sea,
33:10. And they removed from Elim, and encamped by the Red sea.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:10: Encamped by the Red Sea - It is difficult to assign the place of this encampment, as the Israelites were now on their way to Mount Sinai, which lay considerably to the east of Elim, and consequently farther from the sea than the former station. It might be called by the Red Sea, as the Israelites had it, as the principal object, still in view. This station however is mentioned nowhere else. By the Red Sea we are not to understand a sea, the waters of which are red, or the sand red, or any thing else about or in it red; for nothing of this kind appears. It is called in Hebrew ים סוף yam suph, which signifies the weedy sea. The Septuagint rendered the original by θαλασσα εραθρα, and the Vulgate after it by mare rubrum, and the European versions followed these, and, in opposition to etymology and reason, translated it the Red Sea. See the note on Exo 10:19.
Stat. 7.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:10: Elim: Exo 16:1, Exo 17:1
John Gill
33:10 And they removed from Elim, and encamped by the Red sea. This encampment, is omitted in the book of Exodus, see Ex 16:1 this part or arm of the Red sea, whither they came, was six miles from Elim.
John Wesley
33:10 By the Red - sea - By another part of that sea which they passed over.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:10 encamped by the Red Sea--The road from Wady Ghurundel leads into the interior, in consequence of a high continuous ridge which excludes all view of the sea. At the mouth of Wady-et-Tayibeh, after about three days' march, it opens again on a plain along the margin of the Red Sea. The minute accuracy of the Scripture narrative, in corresponding so exactly with the geographical features of this region, is remarkably shown in describing the Israelites as proceeding by the only practicable route that could be taken. This plain, where they encamped, was the Desert of Sin (see on Ex 16:1).
33:1133:11: Չուեցին ՚ի Կարմիր ծովէն, եւ բանակեցան յանապատին ՚ի Սին[1567]։ [1567] Ոմանք. Յանապատն ՚ի Սին։
11 Մեկնեցին Կարմիր ծովից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Սին անապատում:
11 Եւ Կարմիր ծովէն չուելով՝ Սին անապատը իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Կարմիր ծովէն, եւ բանակեցան յանապատին ի Սին:

33:11: Չուեցին ՚ի Կարմիր ծովէն, եւ բանակեցան յանապատին ՚ի Սին[1567]։
[1567] Ոմանք. Յանապատն ՚ի Սին։
11 Մեկնեցին Կարմիր ծովից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Սին անապատում:
11 Եւ Կարմիր ծովէն չուելով՝ Սին անապատը իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:1111: И отправились от Чермного моря и расположились станом в пустыне Син.
33:11 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἀπὸ απο from; away θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea ἐρυθρᾶς ερυθρος red καὶ και and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness Σιν σιν Sin
33:11 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from יַּם־ yyam- יָם sea ס֑וּף sˈûf סוּף rush וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִדְבַּר־ miḏbar- מִדְבָּר desert סִֽין׃ sˈîn סִין Sin
33:11. castrametati sunt in deserto SinThey camped in the desert of Sin.
11. And they journeyed from the Red Sea, and pitched in the wilderness of Sin.
33:11. they were encamped in the desert of Sin.
33:11. And they removed from the Red sea, and encamped in the wilderness of Sin.
And they removed from the Red sea, and encamped in the wilderness of Sin:

11: И отправились от Чермного моря и расположились станом в пустыне Син.
33:11
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἀπὸ απο from; away
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
ἐρυθρᾶς ερυθρος red
καὶ και and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness
Σιν σιν Sin
33:11
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
יַּם־ yyam- יָם sea
ס֑וּף sˈûf סוּף rush
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִדְבַּר־ miḏbar- מִדְבָּר desert
סִֽין׃ sˈîn סִין Sin
33:11. castrametati sunt in deserto Sin
They camped in the desert of Sin.
33:11. they were encamped in the desert of Sin.
33:11. And they removed from the Red sea, and encamped in the wilderness of Sin.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:11: The wilderness of Sin - This lies between Elim and Mount Sinai. Dr. Shaw and his companions traversed these plains in nine hours.
Stat. 8.
John Gill
33:11 And they removed from the Red sea, and encamped in the wilderness of Sin. Sixteen miles from the Red sea, where they were last; see Ex 16:1.
33:1233:12: Չուեցին ՚ի Սին անապատէն, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Հռափա[1568]։ [1568] Ոմանք. Եւ չուեցին ՚ի Սինայ անա՛՛։ Կամ ՚ի Սինն անապատէ։
12 Մեկնեցին Սին անապատից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ռափայում:
12 Եւ Սին անապատէն չուելով՝ Դափկա իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Սին անապատէն, եւ բանակեցան ի Դափկա:

33:12: Չուեցին ՚ի Սին անապատէն, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Հռափա[1568]։
[1568] Ոմանք. Եւ չուեցին ՚ի Սինայ անա՛՛։ Կամ ՚ի Սինն անապատէ։
12 Մեկնեցին Սին անապատից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ռափայում:
12 Եւ Սին անապատէն չուելով՝ Դափկա իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:1212: И отправились из пустыни Син и расположились станом в Дофке.
33:12 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of τῆς ο the ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness Σιν σιν and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Ραφακα ραφακα Raphaka; Rhafaka
33:12 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from מִּדְבַּר־ mmiḏbar- מִדְבָּר desert סִ֑ין sˈîn סִין Sin וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in דָפְקָֽה׃ ḏofqˈā דָּפְקָה Dophkah
33:12. unde egressi venerunt in DephcaAnd they removed from thence, and came to Daphca.
12. And they journeyed from the wilderness of Sin, and pitched in Dophkah.
33:12. Departing from there, they went to Dophkah.
33:12. And they took their journey out of the wilderness of Sin, and encamped in Dophkah.
And they took their journey out of the wilderness of Sin, and encamped in Dophkah:

12: И отправились из пустыни Син и расположились станом в Дофке.
33:12
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῆς ο the
ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness
Σιν σιν and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Ραφακα ραφακα Raphaka; Rhafaka
33:12
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
מִּדְבַּר־ mmiḏbar- מִדְבָּר desert
סִ֑ין sˈîn סִין Sin
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
דָפְקָֽה׃ ḏofqˈā דָּפְקָה Dophkah
33:12. unde egressi venerunt in Dephca
And they removed from thence, and came to Daphca.
33:12. Departing from there, they went to Dophkah.
33:12. And they took their journey out of the wilderness of Sin, and encamped in Dophkah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:12: Dophkah - This place is not mentioned in Exodus and its situation is not known.
Stat. 9.
John Gill
33:12 And they took their journey out of the wilderness of Sin,.... According to the account in Exodus, this was after they had the manna given them, see Ex 17:1.
and encamped at Dophkah; twelve miles from the wilderness of Sin; and of this, and the next encampment, no mention is made in Exodus.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:12 Dophkah . . . Alush . . . Rephidim--These three stations, in the great valleys of El Sheikh and Feiran, would be equivalent to four days' journey for such a host. Rephidim (Ex 17:6) was in Horeb, the burnt region--a generic name for a hot, mountainous country. [See on Ex 17:1.]
33:1333:13: Չուեցին ՚ի Հռափայ, եւ բանակեցան յԵլում։
13 Մեկնեցին Ռափայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ելիմում:
13 Եւ Դափկայէն չուելով Եղուս իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Դափկայ, եւ բանակեցան յԵղուս:

33:13: Չուեցին ՚ի Հռափայ, եւ բանակեցան յԵլում։
13 Մեկնեցին Ռափայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ելիմում:
13 Եւ Դափկայէն չուելով Եղուս իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:1313: И отправились из Дофки и расположились станом в Алуше.
33:13 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Ραφακα ραφακα and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐν εν in Αιλους αιλους Ailous; Elus
33:13 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from דָּפְקָ֑ה ddofqˈā דָּפְקָה Dophkah וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אָלֽוּשׁ׃ ʔālˈûš אָלוּשׁ Alush
33:13. profectique de Dephca castrametati sunt in AlusAnd departing from Daphca, they camped in Alus.
13. And they journeyed from Dophkah, and pitched in Alush.
33:13. And setting out from Dophkah, they made camp at Alush.
33:13. And they departed from Dophkah, and encamped in Alush.
And they departed from Dophkah, and encamped in Alush:

13: И отправились из Дофки и расположились станом в Алуше.
33:13
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Ραφακα ραφακα and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐν εν in
Αιλους αιλους Ailous; Elus
33:13
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
דָּפְקָ֑ה ddofqˈā דָּפְקָה Dophkah
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אָלֽוּשׁ׃ ʔālˈûš אָלוּשׁ Alush
33:13. profectique de Dephca castrametati sunt in Alus
And departing from Daphca, they camped in Alus.
33:13. And setting out from Dophkah, they made camp at Alush.
33:13. And they departed from Dophkah, and encamped in Alush.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:13: Alush - Neither is this mentioned in Exodus and its situation is equally unknown.
Stat. 10.
John Gill
33:13 And they departed from Dophkah, and encamped in Alush. The strong fort, as the Targum of Jonathan calls it; this was twelve miles from Dophkah: according to the Jewish chronology (d), this Alush is the wilderness of Sin, where the Israelites came on the fifteenth day of the seventh month from their going out of Egypt; and they say, that in Alush the sabbath was given them, and that there they kept the first sabbath, as it is said:
and the people rested on the seventh day, Ex 16:30.
(d) Seder Olam Rabba, c. 5. p. 17.
33:1433:14: Չուեցին յԵլիմայ, եւ բանակեցան յՌափիդին. եւ ո՛չ գոյր ջուր ըմպելոյ ժողովրդեանն[1569]։ [1569] Ոսկան. Եւ բանակեցան յՌափիդիմ։
14 Մեկնեցին Ելիմից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ռափիդինում:
14 Եւ Եղուսէն չուելով Ռափիդիմ իջեւան ըրին ու հոն ժողովուրդին համար խմելու ջուր չկար։
Չուեցին յԵղուսայ, եւ բանակեցան յՌափիդիմ. եւ ոչ գոյր ջուր ըմպելոյ ժողովրդեանն:

33:14: Չուեցին յԵլիմայ, եւ բանակեցան յՌափիդին. եւ ո՛չ գոյր ջուր ըմպելոյ ժողովրդեանն[1569]։
[1569] Ոսկան. Եւ բանակեցան յՌափիդիմ։
14 Մեկնեցին Ելիմից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ռափիդինում:
14 Եւ Եղուսէն չուելով Ռափիդիմ իջեւան ըրին ու հոն ժողովուրդին համար խմելու ջուր չկար։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:1414: И отправились из Алуша и расположились станом в Рефидиме, и не было там воды, чтобы пить народу.
33:14 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐξ εκ from; out of Αιλους αιλους and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐν εν in Ραφιδιν ραφιδιν and; even οὐκ ου not ἦν ειμι be ὕδωρ υδωρ water τῷ ο the λαῷ λαος populace; population πιεῖν πινω drink ἐκεῖ εκει there
33:14 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from אָל֑וּשׁ ʔālˈûš אָלוּשׁ Alush וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנוּ֙ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בִּ bi בְּ in רְפִידִ֔ם rᵊfîḏˈim רְפִידִים Rephidim וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹא־ lō- לֹא not הָ֨יָה hˌāyā היה be שָׁ֥ם šˌām שָׁם there מַ֛יִם mˈayim מַיִם water לָ lā לְ to † הַ the עָ֖ם ʕˌām עַם people לִ li לְ to שְׁתֹּֽות׃ šᵊttˈôṯ שׁתה drink
33:14. egressi de Alus Raphidim fixere tentoria ubi aqua populo defuit ad bibendumAnd departing from Alus, they pitched their tents in Raphidim, where the people wanted water to drink.
14. And they journeyed from Alush, and pitched in Rephidim, where was no water for the people to drink.
33:14. And departing from Alush, they fixed their tents at Rephidim, where the people lacked water to drink.
33:14. And they removed from Alush, and encamped at Rephidim, where was no water for the people to drink.
And they removed from Alush, and encamped at Rephidim, where was no water for the people to drink:

14: И отправились из Алуша и расположились станом в Рефидиме, и не было там воды, чтобы пить народу.
33:14
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐξ εκ from; out of
Αιλους αιλους and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐν εν in
Ραφιδιν ραφιδιν and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἦν ειμι be
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
τῷ ο the
λαῷ λαος populace; population
πιεῖν πινω drink
ἐκεῖ εκει there
33:14
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
אָל֑וּשׁ ʔālˈûš אָלוּשׁ Alush
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנוּ֙ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בִּ bi בְּ in
רְפִידִ֔ם rᵊfîḏˈim רְפִידִים Rephidim
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
הָ֨יָה hˌāyā היה be
שָׁ֥ם šˌām שָׁם there
מַ֛יִם mˈayim מַיִם water
לָ לְ to
הַ the
עָ֖ם ʕˌām עַם people
לִ li לְ to
שְׁתֹּֽות׃ šᵊttˈôṯ שׁתה drink
33:14. egressi de Alus Raphidim fixere tentoria ubi aqua populo defuit ad bibendum
And departing from Alus, they pitched their tents in Raphidim, where the people wanted water to drink.
33:14. And departing from Alush, they fixed their tents at Rephidim, where the people lacked water to drink.
33:14. And they removed from Alush, and encamped at Rephidim, where was no water for the people to drink.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:14: Rephidim - Remarkable for the rebellion of the Israelites against Moses, because of the want of water, Exodus 17.
Stat. 11.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:14: Rephidim: Exo 17:1-8, Exo 19:2
John Gill
33:14 And they removed from Alush, and encamped at Rephidim,.... Eight miles from Alush:
where was no water for the people to drink; and they murmured, and a rock here was smitten by Moses at the command of God, and waters gushed out sufficient for them and their flocks, Ex 17:1.
33:1533:15: Չուեցին յՌափիդիմայ, եւ բանակեցան յանապատն ՚ի Սինայ[1570]։ [1570] Ոմանք. Եւ չուեցին յՌափիգինայ... յանապատին Սինա։
15 Այստեղ ժողովուրդը խմելու ջուր չունէր, ուստի մեկնեցին Ռափիդինից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Սինայի անապատում:
15 Եւ Ռափիդիմէն չուելով Սինայի անապատը իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին յՌափիդիմայ, եւ բանակեցան յանապատին Սինայ:

33:15: Չուեցին յՌափիդիմայ, եւ բանակեցան յանապատն ՚ի Սինայ[1570]։
[1570] Ոմանք. Եւ չուեցին յՌափիգինայ... յանապատին Սինա։
15 Այստեղ ժողովուրդը խմելու ջուր չունէր, ուստի մեկնեցին Ռափիդինից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Սինայի անապատում:
15 Եւ Ռափիդիմէն չուելով Սինայի անապատը իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:1515: И отправились из Рефидима и расположились станом в пустыне Синайской.
33:15 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Ραφιδιν ραφιδιν and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness Σινα σινα Sina
33:15 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from רְפִידִ֑ם rᵊfîḏˈim רְפִידִים Rephidim וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִדְבַּ֥ר miḏbˌar מִדְבָּר desert סִינָֽי׃ sînˈāy סִינַי Sinai
33:15. profectique de Raphidim castrametati sunt in deserto SinaiAnd departing from Raphidim, they camped in the desert of Sinai.
15. And they journeyed from Rephidim, and pitched in the wilderness of Sinai.
33:15. And setting out from Rephidim, they camped in the desert of Sinai.
33:15. And they departed from Rephidim, and pitched in the wilderness of Sinai.
And they departed from Rephidim, and pitched in the wilderness of Sinai:

15: И отправились из Рефидима и расположились станом в пустыне Синайской.
33:15
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Ραφιδιν ραφιδιν and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
Σινα σινα Sina
33:15
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
רְפִידִ֑ם rᵊfîḏˈim רְפִידִים Rephidim
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִדְבַּ֥ר miḏbˌar מִדְבָּר desert
סִינָֽי׃ sînˈāy סִינַי Sinai
33:15. profectique de Raphidim castrametati sunt in deserto Sinai
And departing from Raphidim, they camped in the desert of Sinai.
33:15. And setting out from Rephidim, they camped in the desert of Sinai.
33:15. And they departed from Rephidim, and pitched in the wilderness of Sinai.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:15: The wilderness of Sinai - Somewhere northward of Mount Sinai, on the straight road to the promised land, to which they now directed their course.
Stat. 12.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:15: Exo 16:1, Exo 19:1, Exo 19:2
John Gill
33:15 And they departed from Rephidim, and pitched in the wilderness of Sinai. Eight miles from Rephidim; and from a mount of this name here were given the decalogue, with all other statutes and ordinances, judicial and ceremonial, and orders and directions for building the tabernacle, and making all the vessels appertaining to it, and which were all made during their stay here.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:15 wilderness of Sinai--the Wady Er-Raheh.
33:1633:16: Չուեցին յանապատէն Սինայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Գերեզմանս ցանկութեան։
16 Մեկնեցին Սինայի անապատից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ցանկութեան գերեզմաններում:
16 Ու Սինայի անապատէն չուելով Կիբրօթ–Հաթթավա իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին յանապատէն Սինայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Գերեզմանս ցանկութեան:

33:16: Չուեցին յանապատէն Սինայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Գերեզմանս ցանկութեան։
16 Մեկնեցին Սինայի անապատից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ցանկութեան գերեզմաններում:
16 Ու Սինայի անապատէն չուելով Կիբրօթ–Հաթթավա իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:1616: И отправились из пустыни Синайской и расположились станом в Киброт-Гаттааве.
33:16 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of τῆς ο the ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness Σινα σινα Sina καὶ και and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐν εν in Μνήμασιν μνημα tomb τῆς ο the ἐπιθυμίας επιθυμια longing; aspiration
33:16 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from מִּדְבַּ֣ר mmiḏbˈar מִדְבָּר desert סִינָ֑י sînˈāy סִינַי Sinai וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in קִבְרֹ֥ת הַֽתַּאֲוָֽה׃ qivrˌōṯ hˈattaʔᵃwˈā קִבְרֹות הַתַּאֲוָה Kibroth Hattaavah
33:16. sed et de solitudine Sinai egressi venerunt ad sepulchra ConcupiscentiaeBut departing also from the desert of Sinai, they came to the graves of lust.
16. And they journeyed from the wilderness of Sinai, and pitched in Kibroth-hattaavah.
33:16. But departing also from the wilderness of the Sinai, they arrived at the Graves of Lust.
33:16. And they removed from the desert of Sinai, and pitched at Kibrothhattaavah.
And they removed from the desert of Sinai, and pitched at Kibroth- hattaavah:

16: И отправились из пустыни Синайской и расположились станом в Киброт-Гаттааве.
33:16
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῆς ο the
ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness
Σινα σινα Sina
καὶ και and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐν εν in
Μνήμασιν μνημα tomb
τῆς ο the
ἐπιθυμίας επιθυμια longing; aspiration
33:16
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
מִּדְבַּ֣ר mmiḏbˈar מִדְבָּר desert
סִינָ֑י sînˈāy סִינַי Sinai
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
קִבְרֹ֥ת הַֽתַּאֲוָֽה׃ qivrˌōṯ hˈattaʔᵃwˈā קִבְרֹות הַתַּאֲוָה Kibroth Hattaavah
33:16. sed et de solitudine Sinai egressi venerunt ad sepulchra Concupiscentiae
But departing also from the desert of Sinai, they came to the graves of lust.
33:16. But departing also from the wilderness of the Sinai, they arrived at the Graves of Lust.
33:16. And they removed from the desert of Sinai, and pitched at Kibrothhattaavah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:16: Kibroth-hattaavah - No city, village, etc., but a place in the open desert, which had its name from the plague that fell upon the Israelites, through their murmuring against God, and their inordinate desire of flesh. See on Numbers 11 (note). But it appears that the Israelites had traveled three days' journey in order to reach this place, Num 10:33, and commentators suppose there must have been other stations which are not laid down here, probably because the places were not remarkable.
Stat. 13.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
33:16 , Num 33:17
See the Num 11:35 note.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:16: they removed: Num 10:11-13, Num 10:33; Deu 1:6
Kibrothhattaavah: That is, the graves of lust. Num 11:4, Num 11:34
John Gill
33:16 And they removed from the desert of Sinai, and pitched at Kibrothhattaavah. Eight miles from the desert of Sinai; here the people lusted after flesh, and murmured, which, though given them, a pestilence came and destroyed many of them, and here they were buried, whence the place was so called, which signifies the "graves of lust", i.e. of those that lusted: no mention is made of Taberah, either because it was the same with Kibroth, or near it; or, as Aben Ezra on Deut 9:22 says, they encamped there but one day, and so is not mentioned in the journeys, though it was one of the three they journeyed from Mount Sinai to Kibrothhattaavah, see Num 11:1.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:16 FROM SINAI TO KADESH AND PLAINS OF MOAB. (Num. 33:16-56)
Kibroth-Hattaavah ("the graves of lust," see on Num 11:34) --The route, on breaking up the encampment at Sinai, led down Wady Sheikh; then crossing Jebel-et-Tih, which intersected the peninsula, they descended into Wady Zalaka, pitching successively at two brief, though memorable, stations (Deut 9:22); then they encamped at Hazeroth ("unwalled villages"), supposed to be at Ain-Hadera (see on Num 11:35). Kadesh, or Kadesh-barnea, is supposed to be the great valley of the Ghor, and the city Kadesh to have been situated on the border of this valley [BURCKHARDT; ROBINSON]. But as there are no less than eighteen stations inserted between Hazeroth and Kadesh, and only eleven days were spent in performing that journey (Deut 1:2), it is evident that the intermediate stations here recorded belong to another and totally different visit to Kadesh. The first was when they left Sinai in the second month (Num 1:11; Num 13:20), and were in Kadesh in August (Deut 1:45), and "abode many days" in it. Then, murmuring at the report of the spies, they were commanded to return into the desert "by the way of the Red Sea." The arrival at Kadesh, mentioned in this catalogue, corresponds to the second sojourn at that place, being the first month, or April (Num 20:1). Between the two visits there intervened a period of thirty-eight years, during which they wandered hither and thither through all the region of El-Tih ("wanderings"), often returning to the same spots as the pastoral necessities of their flocks required; and there is the strongest reason for believing that the stations named between Hazeroth (Num 33:8) and Kadesh (Num 33:36) belong to the long interval of wandering. No certainty has yet been attained in ascertaining the locale of many of these stations. There must have been more than are recorded; for it is probable that those only are noted where they remained some time, where the tabernacle was pitched, and where Moses and the elders encamped, the people being scattered for pasture in various directions. From Ezion-geber, for instance, which stood at the head of the gulf of Akaba, to Kadesh, could not be much less than the whole length of the great valley of the Ghor, a distance of not less than a hundred miles, whatever might be the exact situation of Kadesh; and, of course, there must have been several intervening stations, though none are mentioned. The incidents and stages of the rest of the journey to the plains of Moab are sufficiently explicit from the preceding chapters.
33:1733:17: Չուեցին ՚ի Գերեզմանացն ցանկութեան, եւ բանակեցան յԱսերովթ։
17 Մեկնեցին Ցանկութեան գերեզմաններից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ասերոթում:
17 Եւ Կիբրօթ–Հաթթավայէն չուելով Ասերովթ իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Գերեզմանացն ցանկութեան, եւ բանակեցան յԱսերովթ:

33:17: Չուեցին ՚ի Գերեզմանացն ցանկութեան, եւ բանակեցան յԱսերովթ։
17 Մեկնեցին Ցանկութեան գերեզմաններից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ասերոթում:
17 Եւ Կիբրօթ–Հաթթավայէն չուելով Ասերովթ իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:1717: И отправились из Киброт-Гаттаавы и расположились станом в Асирофе.
33:17 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Μνημάτων μνημα tomb ἐπιθυμίας επιθυμια longing; aspiration καὶ και and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐν εν in Ασηρωθ ασηρωθ Asērōth; Asiroth
33:17 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from קִּבְרֹ֣ת הַֽתַּאֲוָ֑ה qqivrˈōṯ hˈattaʔᵃwˈā קִבְרֹות הַתַּאֲוָה Kibroth Hattaavah וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בַּ ba בְּ in חֲצֵרֹֽת׃ ḥᵃṣērˈōṯ חֲצֵרֹות Hazeroth
33:17. profectique de sepulchris Concupiscentiae castrametati sunt in AserothAnd departing from the graves of lust, they camped in Haseroth.
17. And they journeyed from Kibroth-hattaavah, and pitched in Hazeroth.
33:17. And setting out from the Graves of Lust, they were encamped at Hazeroth.
33:17. And they departed from Kibrothhattaavah, and encamped at Hazeroth.
And they departed from Kibroth- hattaavah, and encamped at Hazeroth:

17: И отправились из Киброт-Гаттаавы и расположились станом в Асирофе.
33:17
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Μνημάτων μνημα tomb
ἐπιθυμίας επιθυμια longing; aspiration
καὶ και and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐν εν in
Ασηρωθ ασηρωθ Asērōth; Asiroth
33:17
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
קִּבְרֹ֣ת הַֽתַּאֲוָ֑ה qqivrˈōṯ hˈattaʔᵃwˈā קִבְרֹות הַתַּאֲוָה Kibroth Hattaavah
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בַּ ba בְּ in
חֲצֵרֹֽת׃ ḥᵃṣērˈōṯ חֲצֵרֹות Hazeroth
33:17. profectique de sepulchris Concupiscentiae castrametati sunt in Aseroth
And departing from the graves of lust, they camped in Haseroth.
33:17. And setting out from the Graves of Lust, they were encamped at Hazeroth.
33:17. And they departed from Kibrothhattaavah, and encamped at Hazeroth.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:17: Hazeroth - This place Dr. Shaw computes to have been about thirty miles distant from Mount Sinai.
Stat. 14.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:17: Num 11:35
John Gill
33:17 And they departed from Kibrothhattaavah, and encamped at Hazeroth. Eight miles from Kibrothhattaavah, where Miriam was smote with leprosy, Num 12:1.
33:1833:18: Չուեցին յԱսերովթայ, եւ բանակեցան յՌաթամա։
18 Մեկնեցին Ասերոթից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ռաթամայում:
18 Ու Ասերովթէն չուելով Ռաթամա իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին յԱսերովթայ, եւ բանակեցան յՌաթամա:

33:18: Չուեցին յԱսերովթայ, եւ բանակեցան յՌաթամա։
18 Մեկնեցին Ասերոթից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ռաթամայում:
18 Ու Ասերովթէն չուելով Ռաթամա իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:1818: И отправились из Асирофа и расположились станом в Рифме.
33:18 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐξ εκ from; out of Ασηρωθ ασηρωθ and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐν εν in Ραθαμα ραθαμα Rathama; Rhathama
33:18 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from חֲצֵרֹ֑ת ḥᵃṣērˈōṯ חֲצֵרֹות Hazeroth וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in רִתְמָֽה׃ riṯmˈā רִתְמָה Rithmah
33:18. et de Aseroth venerunt in RethmaAnd from Haseroth they came to Rethma.
18. And they journeyed from Hazeroth, and pitched in Rithmah.
33:18. And from Hazeroth, they went to Rithmah.
33:18. And they departed from Hazeroth, and pitched in Rithmah.
And they departed from Hazeroth, and pitched in Rithmah:

18: И отправились из Асирофа и расположились станом в Рифме.
33:18
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐξ εκ from; out of
Ασηρωθ ασηρωθ and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐν εν in
Ραθαμα ραθαμα Rathama; Rhathama
33:18
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
חֲצֵרֹ֑ת ḥᵃṣērˈōṯ חֲצֵרֹות Hazeroth
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
רִתְמָֽה׃ riṯmˈā רִתְמָה Rithmah
33:18. et de Aseroth venerunt in Rethma
And from Haseroth they came to Rethma.
33:18. And from Hazeroth, they went to Rithmah.
33:18. And they departed from Hazeroth, and pitched in Rithmah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:18: Rithmah - This place lay somewhere in the wilderness of Paran, through which the Israelites were now passing. See Num 13:1, Num 13:3. The name signifies the juniper tree; and the place probably had its name from the great number of those trees growing in that district.
Stat. 15.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
33:18
Rithmah - The name of this station is derived from retem, the broom-plant, the "juniper" of the King James Version. This must be the same encampment as that which is said in Num 13:26 to have been at Kadesh.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:18: they departed: Num 12:16
Rithmah: Rithmah was a place in the wilderness of Paran, near Kadesh Barnea; probably so called from the great number of juniper trees, as the name signifies, growing in that district.
John Gill
33:18 And they departed from Hazeroth, and pitched at Rithmah. Eight miles from Hazeroth: Rethem, from whence this place seems to have had its name, is generally rendered by "juniper", 3Kings 19:4 and the Targum of Jonathan here adds, where the juniper trees grew; and, perhaps, it is the same with the valley of Retheme, of which some travellers (e) thus write, "this valley", called in the Hebrew Retheme, and commonly Ritma, derives its name from a yellow flower, with which the valley is covered; we found here, on the left hand, two cisterns of excellent water; and water being to be had here, might be the reason of the Israelites pitching in this place. Some learned men (f) think it is the same with Kadeshbarnea, from whence the spies were sent, that being the next remove from Hazeroth, as this was; see Num 12:16, with which agrees the remark of Jarchi, that this place was so called, because of the evil tongue of the spies, as it is said, Ps 120:3 "what shall be done unto thee, thou false tongue? sharp arrows of the mighty, with coals of juniper"; alluding to the signification of Rithmah; perhaps this is the same place, which by Josephus (g) is called Dathema, and so in the Apocrypha:"Then the heathen that were at Galaad assembled themselves together against the Israelites that were in their quarters, to destroy them; but they fled to the fortress of Dathema.'' (1 Maccabees 5:9)
(e) Egmont and Heyman's Travels, vol. 2. p. 154. (f) Dr. Lightfoot, vol. 1. p. 35. Dr. Clayton's Chronology of the Hebrew Bible, p. 382, 383. (g) Antiqu. l. 12. c. 8. sect. 4.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:18 Rithmah ("the place of the broom")--a station possibly in some wady extending westward of the Ghor.
33:1933:19: Չուեցին յՌաթամայ, եւ բանակեցան յՌեմոնփարէս։
19 Մեկնեցին Ռաթամայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ռեմոնփարէսում:
19 Եւ Ռաթամայէն չուելով Ռեմօն–Փարէս իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին յՌաթամայ, եւ բանակեցան յՌեմոնփարէս:

33:19: Չուեցին յՌաթամայ, եւ բանակեցան յՌեմոնփարէս։
19 Մեկնեցին Ռաթամայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ռեմոնփարէսում:
19 Եւ Ռաթամայէն չուելով Ռեմօն–Փարէս իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:1919: И отправились из Рифмы и расположились станом в Римнон--Фареце.
33:19 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Ραθαμα ραθαμα and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐν εν in Ρεμμων ρεμμων Phares; Fares
33:19 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from רִתְמָ֑ה riṯmˈā רִתְמָה Rithmah וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in רִמֹּ֥ן פָּֽרֶץ׃ rimmˌōn pˈāreṣ רִמֹּון פֶּרֶץ Rimmon Perez
33:19. profectique de Rethma castrametati sunt in RemmonpharesAnd departing from Rethma, they camped in Remmomphares.
19. And they journeyed from Rithmah, and pitched in Rimmon-perez.
33:19. And setting out from Rithmah, they made camp at Rimmon-perez.
33:19. And they departed from Rithmah, and pitched at Rimmonparez.
And they departed from Rithmah, and pitched at Rimmon- parez:

19: И отправились из Рифмы и расположились станом в Римнон--Фареце.
33:19
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Ραθαμα ραθαμα and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐν εν in
Ρεμμων ρεμμων Phares; Fares
33:19
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
רִתְמָ֑ה riṯmˈā רִתְמָה Rithmah
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
רִמֹּ֥ן פָּֽרֶץ׃ rimmˌōn pˈāreṣ רִמֹּון פֶּרֶץ Rimmon Perez
33:19. profectique de Rethma castrametati sunt in Remmonphares
And departing from Rethma, they camped in Remmomphares.
33:19. And setting out from Rithmah, they made camp at Rimmon-perez.
33:19. And they departed from Rithmah, and pitched at Rimmonparez.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:19: Rimmon-parez - Unknown.
Stat. 16.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
33:19
Rimmon-parez - Or rather Rimmon-perez, i. e., "Rimmon (i. e., the Pomegranate) of the Breach." It may have been here that the sedition of Korah occurred.
Verse 19-36
The stations named are those visited during the years of penal wandering. The determination of their positions is, in many cases, difficult, because during this period there was no definite line of march pursued. But it is probable that the Israelites during this period did not overstep the boundaries of the wilderness of Paran (as defined in Num 10:12), except to pass along the adjoining valley of the Arabah; while the tabernacle and organized camp moved about from place to place among them (compare Num 20:1).
Rissah, Haradah, and Tahath are probably the same as Rasa, Aradeh, and Elthi of the Roman tables. The position of Hashmonah (Heshmon in Jos 15:27) in the Azazimeh mountains points out the road followed by the children of Israel to be that which skirts the southwestern extremity of Jebel Magrah.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:19: Rimmonparez: Probably the same as Rimmon, a city of Judah and Simeon, Jos 15:32, Jos 19:7. Num 33:19
John Gill
33:19 And they departed from Rithmah, and pitched at Rimmonparez. Six miles from Rithmah, and then from Rimmon to Libnah, which was six miles also; and from thence to Rissah, which was six miles more; and from Rissah to, Kehelathah, which was the same number of miles; and from thence to Shapher, which was six miles also; and then they came to Haradah, which was four miles from thence; the next remove was to Makheloth, which was four miles and a half from the last place; then they went to Tahath, which was four miles more; and from thence to Tarah, which also was four miles; the next place they came to was Mithcah, four miles from Tarah; and then to Hashmonah, which was eight miles more.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:19 Rimmon-parez, or Rimmon--a city of Judah and Simeon (Josh 15:32); Libnah, so called from its white poplars (Josh 10:29), or, as some think, a white hill between Kadesh and Gaza (Josh 10:29); Rissah (El-arish); mount Shapher (Cassius); Moseroth, adjacent to mount Hor, in Wady Mousa. Ezion-geber, near Akaba, a seaport on the western shore of the Elanitic gulf; Wilderness of Zin, on the east side of the peninsula of Sinai; Punon, in the rocky ravines of mount Hor and famous for the mines and quarries in its vicinity as well as for its fruit trees, now Tafyle, on the border of Edom; Abarim, a ridge of rugged hills northwest of the Arnon--the part called Nebo was one of its highest peaks--opposite Jericho. (See on Deut 10:6).
33:2033:20: Չուեցին յՌեմոնփարեսայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Ղ՚եբոնա։
20 Մեկնեցին Ռեմոնփարէսից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ղեբոնայում:
20 Ու Ռեմօն–Փարէսէն չուելով Լեբնա իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին յՌեմոնփարեսայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Ղեբոնա:

33:20: Չուեցին յՌեմոնփարեսայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Ղ՚եբոնա։
20 Մեկնեցին Ռեմոնփարէսից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ղեբոնայում:
20 Ու Ռեմօն–Փարէսէն չուելով Լեբնա իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:2020: И отправились из Римнон-Фареца и расположились станом в Ливне.
33:20 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Ρεμμων ρεμμων Phares; Fares καὶ και and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐν εν in Λεμωνα λεμωνα Lemōna; Lemona
33:20 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from רִמֹּ֣ן פָּ֑רֶץ rimmˈōn pˈāreṣ רִמֹּון פֶּרֶץ Rimmon Perez וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in לִבְנָֽה׃ livnˈā לִבְנָה Libnah
33:20. unde egressi venerunt in LebnaAnd they departed from thence and came to Lebna.
20. And they journeyed from Rimmon-perez, and pitched in Libnah.
33:20. And departing from there, they arrived at Libnah.
33:20. And they departed from Rimmonparez, and pitched in Libnah.
And they departed from Rimmon- parez, and pitched in Libnah:

20: И отправились из Римнон-Фареца и расположились станом в Ливне.
33:20
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Ρεμμων ρεμμων Phares; Fares
καὶ και and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐν εν in
Λεμωνα λεμωνα Lemōna; Lemona
33:20
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
רִמֹּ֣ן פָּ֑רֶץ rimmˈōn pˈāreṣ רִמֹּון פֶּרֶץ Rimmon Perez
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
לִבְנָֽה׃ livnˈā לִבְנָה Libnah
33:20. unde egressi venerunt in Lebna
And they departed from thence and came to Lebna.
33:20. And departing from there, they arrived at Libnah.
33:20. And they departed from Rimmonparez, and pitched in Libnah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:20: Libnah - The situation of this place is uncertain. A city of this name is mentioned Jos 10:29, as situated between Kadesh-barnea and Gaza.
Stat. 17.
33:2133:21: Չուեցին ՚ի Ղ՚եբոնայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Դէսսա։
21 Մեկնեցին Ղեբոնայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Դեսսայում:
21 Եւ Լեբնայէն չուելով Ռէսսա իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Ղեբոնայ, եւ բանակեցան յՌեսսա:

33:21: Չուեցին ՚ի Ղ՚եբոնայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Դէսսա։
21 Մեկնեցին Ղեբոնայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Դեսսայում:
21 Եւ Լեբնայէն չուելով Ռէսսա իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:2121: И отправились из Ливны и расположились станом в Риссе.
33:21 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Λεμωνα λεμωνα and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Δεσσα δεσσα Dessa; Thessa
33:21 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from לִּבְנָ֑ה llivnˈā לִבְנָה Libnah וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in רִסָּֽה׃ rissˈā רִסָּה Rissah
33:21. et de Lebna castrametati sunt in RessaRemoving from Lebna they camped in Ressa.
21. And they journeyed from Libnah, and pitched in Rissah.
33:21. From Libnah, they made camp at Rissah.
33:21. And they removed from Libnah, and pitched at Rissah.
And they removed from Libnah, and pitched at Rissah:

21: И отправились из Ливны и расположились станом в Риссе.
33:21
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Λεμωνα λεμωνα and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Δεσσα δεσσα Dessa; Thessa
33:21
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
לִּבְנָ֑ה llivnˈā לִבְנָה Libnah
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
רִסָּֽה׃ rissˈā רִסָּה Rissah
33:21. et de Lebna castrametati sunt in Ressa
Removing from Lebna they camped in Ressa.
33:21. From Libnah, they made camp at Rissah.
33:21. And they removed from Libnah, and pitched at Rissah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:21: Bissah - A place mentioned nowhere else in the sacred writings. Its situation utterly uncertain.
Stat. 18.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:21: Libnah: Deu 1:1, Laban
Rissah: This is supposed, apparently with good reason, by the Editor of Calmet, to be the same with the present El Arish, a village three quarters of a league from the Mediterranean, and the last stage in Syria, on the road to Egypt.
33:2233:22: Չուեցին ՚ի Դէսսայէ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Մակէղ՚ղ՚ղաթ։
22 Մեկնեցին Դեսսայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Մակեղղաթում:
22 Ու Ռէսսայէն չուելով Կէէլաթա իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին յՌեսսայէ, եւ բանակեցան ի Կեղղաթ:

33:22: Չուեցին ՚ի Դէսսայէ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Մակէղ՚ղ՚ղաթ։
22 Մեկնեցին Դեսսայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Մակեղղաթում:
22 Ու Ռէսսայէն չուելով Կէէլաթա իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:2222: И отправились из Риссы и расположились станом в Кегелафе.
33:22 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Δεσσα δεσσα and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Μακελλαθ μακελλαθ Makellath
33:22 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from רִסָּ֑ה rissˈā רִסָּה Rissah וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בִּ bi בְּ in קְהֵלָֽתָה׃ qᵊhēlˈāṯā קְהֵלָתָה Kehelathah
33:22. egressi de Ressa venerunt in CeelathaAnd departing from Ressa, they came to Ceelatha.
22. And they journeyed from Rissah, and pitched in Kehelathah.
33:22. And departing from Rissah, they went to Kehelathah.
33:22. And they journeyed from Rissah, and pitched in Kehelathah.
And they journeyed from Rissah, and pitched in Kehelathah:

22: И отправились из Риссы и расположились станом в Кегелафе.
33:22
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Δεσσα δεσσα and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Μακελλαθ μακελλαθ Makellath
33:22
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
רִסָּ֑ה rissˈā רִסָּה Rissah
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בִּ bi בְּ in
קְהֵלָֽתָה׃ qᵊhēlˈāṯā קְהֵלָתָה Kehelathah
33:22. egressi de Ressa venerunt in Ceelatha
And departing from Ressa, they came to Ceelatha.
33:22. And departing from Rissah, they went to Kehelathah.
33:22. And they journeyed from Rissah, and pitched in Kehelathah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:22: Kehelathah - Utterly unknown; though some conjecture that it might have been the place called Keilah, Sa1 23:1, etc., but this is unlikely.
Stat. 19.
33:2333:23: Չուեցին ՚ի Մակէղ՚ղ՚աթայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Սովփար[1571]։ [1571] Ոմանք. Եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Սիփար։
23 Մեկնեցին Մակեղղաթից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Սոփարում:
23 Եւ Կէէլաթայէն չուելով Սօփար լեռը իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Կեղղաթայ, եւ բանակեցան [538]ի Սովփար:

33:23: Չուեցին ՚ի Մակէղ՚ղ՚աթայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Սովփար[1571]։
[1571] Ոմանք. Եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Սիփար։
23 Մեկնեցին Մակեղղաթից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Սոփարում:
23 Եւ Կէէլաթայէն չուելով Սօփար լեռը իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:2323: И отправились из Кегелафы и расположились станом на горе Шафер.
33:23 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Μακελλαθ μακελλαθ and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Σαφαρ σαφαρ Saphar; Safar
33:23 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from קְּהֵלָ֑תָה qqᵊhēlˈāṯā קְהֵלָתָה Kehelathah וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in הַר־ har- הַר mountain שָֽׁפֶר׃ šˈāfer שֶׁפֶר Shepher
33:23. unde profecti castrametati sunt in monte SepherAnd they removed from thence and camped in the mountain Sepher.
23. And they journeyed from Kehelathah, and pitched in mount Shepher.
33:23. Setting out from there, they were encamped at mount Shepher.
33:23. And they went from Kehelathah, and pitched in mount Shapher.
And they went from Kehelathah, and pitched in mount Shapher:

23: И отправились из Кегелафы и расположились станом на горе Шафер.
33:23
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Μακελλαθ μακελλαθ and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Σαφαρ σαφαρ Saphar; Safar
33:23
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
קְּהֵלָ֑תָה qqᵊhēlˈāṯā קְהֵלָתָה Kehelathah
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
הַר־ har- הַר mountain
שָֽׁפֶר׃ šˈāfer שֶׁפֶר Shepher
33:23. unde profecti castrametati sunt in monte Sepher
And they removed from thence and camped in the mountain Sepher.
33:23. Setting out from there, they were encamped at mount Shepher.
33:23. And they went from Kehelathah, and pitched in mount Shapher.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:23: Shapher - Where this mountain lay cannot be determined.
Stat. 20.
33:2433:24: Չուեցին ՚ի Սովփարայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Քարադաթ։
24 Մեկնեցին Սոփարից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Քարադաթում:
24 Ու Սօփար լեռնէն չուելով Քարադա իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Սովփարայ``, եւ բանակեցան ի Քարադաթ:

33:24: Չուեցին ՚ի Սովփարայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Քարադաթ։
24 Մեկնեցին Սոփարից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Քարադաթում:
24 Ու Սօփար լեռնէն չուելով Քարադա իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:2424: И отправились от горы Шафер и расположились станом в Хараде.
33:24 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Σαφαρ σαφαρ and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Χαραδαθ χαραδαθ Charadath; Kharathath
33:24 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵֽ mˈē מִן from הַר־ har- הַר mountain שָׁ֑פֶר šˈāfer שֶׁפֶר Shepher וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בַּ ba בְּ in חֲרָדָֽה׃ ḥᵃrāḏˈā חֲרָדָה Haradah
33:24. egressi de monte Sepher venerunt in AradaDeparting from the mountain Sepher, they came to Arada,
24. And they journeyed from mount Shepher, and pitched in Haradah.
33:24. Departing from mount Shepher, they went to Haradah.
33:24. And they removed from mount Shapher, and encamped in Haradah.
And they removed from mount Shapher, and encamped in Haradah:

24: И отправились от горы Шафер и расположились станом в Хараде.
33:24
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Σαφαρ σαφαρ and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Χαραδαθ χαραδαθ Charadath; Kharathath
33:24
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
הַר־ har- הַר mountain
שָׁ֑פֶר šˈāfer שֶׁפֶר Shepher
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בַּ ba בְּ in
חֲרָדָֽה׃ ḥᵃrāḏˈā חֲרָדָה Haradah
33:24. egressi de monte Sepher venerunt in Arada
Departing from the mountain Sepher, they came to Arada,
33:24. Departing from mount Shepher, they went to Haradah.
33:24. And they removed from mount Shapher, and encamped in Haradah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:24: Haradah - Unknown, Calmet supposes that it may be the place called Bered, Gen 16:14, which was in the vicinity of Kadesh.
Stat. 21.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:24: Shapher: The Editor of Calmet, who supposes the Israelites to be now in the regular track from Gaza to Egypt, is of opinion that mount Shapher is the ancient name of mount Cassius, Catjeh, or Catie, a huge mole of sand, almost surrounded by the Mediterranean, on which was built a temple to Jupiter Cassius. Thevenot states, that at the village of Catie there is a well of water unpleasant for drinking; but two miles off, another whose water is good after standing a little. Num 33:24
33:2533:25: Չուեցին ՚ի Քարադաթայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Մակելովթ։
25 Մեկնեցին Քարադաթից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Մակելոթում:
25 Եւ Քարադայէն չուելով Մակեղօթ իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Քարադաթայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Մակեղովթ:

33:25: Չուեցին ՚ի Քարադաթայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Մակելովթ։
25 Մեկնեցին Քարադաթից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Մակելոթում:
25 Եւ Քարադայէն չուելով Մակեղօթ իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:2525: И отправились из Харады и расположились станом в Макелофе.
33:25 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Χαραδαθ χαραδαθ and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Μακηλωθ μακηλωθ Makēlōth; Makiloth
33:25 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from חֲרָדָ֑ה ḥᵃrāḏˈā חֲרָדָה Haradah וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מַקְהֵלֹֽת׃ maqhēlˈōṯ מַקְהֵלֹת Makheloth
33:25. inde proficiscentes castrametati sunt in MacelothFrom thence they went and camped in Maceloth.
25. And they journeyed from Haradah, and pitched in Makheloth.
33:25. Continuing on from there, they made camp at Makheloth.
33:25. And they removed from Haradah, and pitched in Makheloth.
And they removed from Haradah, and pitched in Makheloth:

25: И отправились из Харады и расположились станом в Макелофе.
33:25
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Χαραδαθ χαραδαθ and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Μακηλωθ μακηλωθ Makēlōth; Makiloth
33:25
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
חֲרָדָ֑ה ḥᵃrāḏˈā חֲרָדָה Haradah
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מַקְהֵלֹֽת׃ maqhēlˈōṯ מַקְהֵלֹת Makheloth
33:25. inde proficiscentes castrametati sunt in Maceloth
From thence they went and camped in Maceloth.
33:25. Continuing on from there, they made camp at Makheloth.
33:25. And they removed from Haradah, and pitched in Makheloth.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:25: Makheloth - A name found nowhere else in Scripture.
Stat. 22.
33:2633:26: Չուեցին ՚ի Մակելովթայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Կատտաաթ[1572]։ [1572] ՚Ի Կատտաթայ. (27) ՚ի Կատտաթայ։
26 Մեկնեցին Մակելոթից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Կատտաաթում:
26 Եւ Մակեղօթէն չուելով Թաաթ իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Մակեղովթայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Կատտաաթ:

33:26: Չուեցին ՚ի Մակելովթայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Կատտաաթ[1572]։
[1572] ՚Ի Կատտաթայ. (27) ՚ի Կատտաթայ։
26 Մեկնեցին Մակելոթից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Կատտաաթում:
26 Եւ Մակեղօթէն չուելով Թաաթ իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:2626: И отправились из Макелофа и расположились станом в Тахафе.
33:26 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Μακηλωθ μακηλωθ and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Κατααθ κατααθ Kataath
33:26 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from מַּקְהֵלֹ֑ת mmaqhēlˈōṯ מַקְהֵלֹת Makheloth וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תָֽחַת׃ ṯˈāḥaṯ תַּחַת Tahath
33:26. profectique de Maceloth venerunt in ThaathAnd departing from Maceloth, they came to Thahath.
26. And they journeyed from Makheloth, and pitched in Tahath.
33:26. And setting out from Makheloth, they went to Tahath.
33:26. And they removed from Makheloth, and encamped at Tahath.
And they removed from Makheloth, and encamped at Tahath:

26: И отправились из Макелофа и расположились станом в Тахафе.
33:26
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Μακηλωθ μακηλωθ and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Κατααθ κατααθ Kataath
33:26
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
מַּקְהֵלֹ֑ת mmaqhēlˈōṯ מַקְהֵלֹת Makheloth
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תָֽחַת׃ ṯˈāḥaṯ תַּחַת Tahath
33:26. profectique de Maceloth venerunt in Thaath
And departing from Maceloth, they came to Thahath.
33:26. And setting out from Makheloth, they went to Tahath.
33:26. And they removed from Makheloth, and encamped at Tahath.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:26: Tahath - Unknown.
Stat. 23.
33:2733:27: Չուեցին ՚ի Կատտատթայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Կարաաթ[1573]։ [1573] Օրինակ մի. ՚Ի Տարաթ։ (28) Եւ չուեցին ՚ի Տարաթայ եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Մատեկ։
27 Մեկնեցին Կատտաաթից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Տարաթում:
27 Եւ Թաաթէն չուելով Թարա իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Կատտաաթայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Տարաթ:

33:27: Չուեցին ՚ի Կատտատթայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Կարաաթ[1573]։
[1573] Օրինակ մի. ՚Ի Տարաթ։ (28) Եւ չուեցին ՚ի Տարաթայ եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Մատեկ։
27 Մեկնեցին Կատտաաթից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Տարաթում:
27 Եւ Թաաթէն չուելով Թարա իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:2727: И отправились из Тахафа и расположились станом в Тарахе.
33:27 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Κατααθ κατααθ and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Ταραθ ταραθ Tarath
33:27 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from תָּ֑חַת ttˈāḥaṯ תַּחַת Tahath וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תָֽרַח׃ ṯˈāraḥ תָּרַח Terah
33:27. de Thaath castrametati sunt in ThareRemoving from Thahath they camped in Thare.
27. And they journeyed from Tahath, and pitched in Terah.
33:27. From Tahath, they made camp at Terah.
33:27. And they departed from Tahath, and pitched at Tarah.
And they departed from Tahath, and pitched at Tarah:

27: И отправились из Тахафа и расположились станом в Тарахе.
33:27
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Κατααθ κατααθ and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Ταραθ ταραθ Tarath
33:27
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
תָּ֑חַת ttˈāḥaṯ תַּחַת Tahath
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תָֽרַח׃ ṯˈāraḥ תָּרַח Terah
33:27. de Thaath castrametati sunt in Thare
Removing from Thahath they camped in Thare.
33:27. From Tahath, they made camp at Terah.
33:27. And they departed from Tahath, and pitched at Tarah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:27: Tarah - Also unknown.
Stat. 24.
33:2833:28: Չուեցին ՚ի Կարաաթայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Մատեկա։
28 Մեկնեցին Տարաթից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Մատեկայում:
28 Ու Թարայէն չուելով Մատեկա իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Տարաթայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Մատեկա:

33:28: Չուեցին ՚ի Կարաաթայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Մատեկա։
28 Մեկնեցին Տարաթից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Մատեկայում:
28 Ու Թարայէն չուելով Մատեկա իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:2828: И отправились из Тараха и расположились станом в Мифке.
33:28 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Ταραθ ταραθ and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Ματεκκα ματεκκα Matekka
33:28 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from תָּ֑רַח ttˈāraḥ תָּרַח Terah וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מִתְקָֽה׃ miṯqˈā מִתְקָה Mithcah
33:28. unde egressi fixerunt tentoria in MethcaAnd they departed from thence, and pitched their tents in Methca.
28. And they journeyed from Terah, and pitched in Mithkah.
33:28. Departing from there, they pitched their tents at Mithkah.
33:28. And they removed from Tarah, and pitched in Mithcah.
And they removed from Tarah, and pitched in Mithcah:

28: И отправились из Тараха и расположились станом в Мифке.
33:28
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Ταραθ ταραθ and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Ματεκκα ματεκκα Matekka
33:28
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
תָּ֑רַח ttˈāraḥ תָּרַח Terah
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מִתְקָֽה׃ miṯqˈā מִתְקָה Mithcah
33:28. unde egressi fixerunt tentoria in Methca
And they departed from thence, and pitched their tents in Methca.
33:28. Departing from there, they pitched their tents at Mithkah.
33:28. And they removed from Tarah, and pitched in Mithcah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:28: Mithcah - Calmet conjectures that this may be Mocha, a city in Arabia Petraea.
Stat. 25.
33:2933:29: Չուեցին ՚ի Մատեկայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Սելմոնա։
29 Մեկնեցին Մատեկայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Սելմոնայում:
29 Եւ Մատեկայէն չուելով Հասմօնա իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Մատեկայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Սեղմոնա:

33:29: Չուեցին ՚ի Մատեկայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Սելմոնա։
29 Մեկնեցին Մատեկայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Սելմոնայում:
29 Եւ Մատեկայէն չուելով Հասմօնա իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:2929: И отправились из Мифки и расположились станом в Хашмоне.
33:29 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Ματεκκα ματεκκα and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Σελμωνα σελμωνα Selmōna; Selmona
33:29 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from מִּתְקָ֑ה mmiṯqˈā מִתְקָה Mithcah וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חַשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ ḥašmōnˈā חַשְׁמֹנָה Hashmonah
33:29. et de Methca castrametati sunt in EsmonaAnd removing from Methca, they camped in Hesmona.
29. And they journeyed from Mithkah, and pitched in Hashmonah.
33:29. And from Mithkah, they were encamped at Hashmonah.
33:29. And they went from Mithcah, and pitched in Hashmonah.
And they went from Mithcah, and pitched in Hashmonah:

29: И отправились из Мифки и расположились станом в Хашмоне.
33:29
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Ματεκκα ματεκκα and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Σελμωνα σελμωνα Selmōna; Selmona
33:29
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
מִּתְקָ֑ה mmiṯqˈā מִתְקָה Mithcah
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חַשְׁמֹנָֽה׃ ḥašmōnˈā חַשְׁמֹנָה Hashmonah
33:29. et de Methca castrametati sunt in Esmona
And removing from Methca, they camped in Hesmona.
33:29. And from Mithkah, they were encamped at Hashmonah.
33:29. And they went from Mithcah, and pitched in Hashmonah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:29: Hashmonah - Supposed by some to be the same as Azmon, Num 34:4.
Stat. 26.
33:3033:30: Չուեցին ՚ի Սելմոնայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Մասուրութ։
30 Մեկնեցին Սելմոնայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Մասուրութում:
30 Ու Հասմօնայէն չուելով Մօսերօթ իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Սեղմոնայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Մասուրութ:

33:30: Չուեցին ՚ի Սելմոնայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Մասուրութ։
30 Մեկնեցին Սելմոնայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Մասուրութում:
30 Ու Հասմօնայէն չուելով Մօսերօթ իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:3030: И отправились из Хашмоны и расположились станом в Мосерофе.
33:30 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Σελμωνα σελμωνα and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Μασσουρουθ μασσουρουθ Massourouth; Massuruth
33:30 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵֽ mˈē מִן from חַשְׁמֹנָ֑ה ḥašmōnˈā חַשְׁמֹנָה Hashmonah וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מֹסֵרֹֽות׃ mōsērˈôṯ מֹסֵרֹות Moseroth
33:30. profectique de Esmona venerunt in MoserothAnd departing from Hesmona, they came to Moseroth.
30. And they journeyed from Hashmonah, and pitched in Moseroth.
33:30. And setting out from Hashmonah, they went to Moseroth.
33:30. And they departed from Hashmonah, and encamped at Moseroth.
And they departed from Hashmonah, and encamped at Moseroth:

30: И отправились из Хашмоны и расположились станом в Мосерофе.
33:30
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Σελμωνα σελμωνα and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Μασσουρουθ μασσουρουθ Massourouth; Massuruth
33:30
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
חַשְׁמֹנָ֑ה ḥašmōnˈā חַשְׁמֹנָה Hashmonah
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מֹסֵרֹֽות׃ mōsērˈôṯ מֹסֵרֹות Moseroth
33:30. profectique de Esmona venerunt in Moseroth
And departing from Hesmona, they came to Moseroth.
33:30. And setting out from Hashmonah, they went to Moseroth.
33:30. And they departed from Hashmonah, and encamped at Moseroth.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:30: Moseroth - Situation unknown. In Deu 10:6 it is said that the Israelites took their journey from Beeroth, the wells of the children of Jaakan, to Mosera, and there Aaron died. If so, Mosera, Moseroth, and Hor, must be different names of the same place; or Moseroth, or Mosera, must have been some town or village near Mount Hor, for there Aaron died. See Num 33:38.
Stat. 27.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:30: Moseroth: This is supposed by Mr. C. Taylor, to be Ain el Mousa (probably a corruption of Moseroth) or fountains of Moses, at the head of the western gulf of the Red sea, about seven or eight miles east from Suez, seven or eight days' journey from Gaza, and five or six from Sinai. Deu 10:5, Mosera
John Gill
33:30 And they departed from Hashmonah, and encamped at Moseroth. Thirty two miles from Hashmonah. In Deut 10:6 it is called Mosera; and according to the account there, they came hither from the following place, Benejaakan; probably they went first thither from Hashmonah, and then from Mosera or Moserot, and so to Benejaakan again, going backwards and forwards, so Jarchi; the distance of the two places was twenty four miles; for the further reconciliation this; see Gill on Deut 10:6 and the Samaritan version there.
33:3133:31: Չուեցին ՚ի Մասուրութայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Բանեա։
31 Մեկնեցին Մասուրութից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Բանէայում:
31 Եւ Մօսերօթէն չուելով Բանէ–Յական իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Մասուրութայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Բանէա:

33:31: Չուեցին ՚ի Մասուրութայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Բանեա։
31 Մեկնեցին Մասուրութից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Բանէայում:
31 Եւ Մօսերօթէն չուելով Բանէ–Յական իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:3131: И отправились из Мосерофа и расположились станом в Бене-Яакане.
33:31 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Μασσουρουθ μασσουρουθ and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Βαναια βαναια Banaia; Vanea
33:31 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from מֹּסֵרֹ֑ות mmōsērˈôṯ מֹסֵרֹות Moseroth וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בִּ bi בְּ in בְנֵ֥י יַעֲקָֽן׃ vᵊnˌê yaʕᵃqˈān בְּנֵי יַעֲקָן Bene Jaakan
33:31. et de Moseroth castrametati sunt in BaneiacanAnd removing from Moseroth, they camped in Benejaacan.
31. And they journeyed from Moseroth, and pitch in Bene-jaakan.
33:31. And from Moseroth, they made camp at Bene-jaakan.
33:31. And they departed from Moseroth, and pitched in Benejaakan.
And they departed from Moseroth, and pitched in Bene- jaakan:

31: И отправились из Мосерофа и расположились станом в Бене-Яакане.
33:31
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Μασσουρουθ μασσουρουθ and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Βαναια βαναια Banaia; Vanea
33:31
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
מֹּסֵרֹ֑ות mmōsērˈôṯ מֹסֵרֹות Moseroth
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בִּ bi בְּ in
בְנֵ֥י יַעֲקָֽן׃ vᵊnˌê yaʕᵃqˈān בְּנֵי יַעֲקָן Bene Jaakan
33:31. et de Moseroth castrametati sunt in Baneiacan
And removing from Moseroth, they camped in Benejaacan.
33:31. And from Moseroth, they made camp at Bene-jaakan.
33:31. And they departed from Moseroth, and pitched in Benejaakan.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:31: Bene-jaakan - Unknown. The sons of Jaakan. See the preceding verse, Num 33:30 (note).
Stat. 28.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:31: Benejaakan: Gen 36:27; Deu 10:6; Ch1 1:43
33:3233:32: Չուեցին ՚ի Բանեայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի լերինն Գադգադ։
32 Մեկնեցին Բանէայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Գադգադ լերան վրայ:
32 Ու Բանէ–Յականէն չուելով Հօրգադգադ իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Բանէայ, եւ բանակեցան ի լերինն Գադգադ:

33:32: Չուեցին ՚ի Բանեայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի լերինն Գադգադ։
32 Մեկնեցին Բանէայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Գադգադ լերան վրայ:
32 Ու Բանէ–Յականէն չուելով Հօրգադգադ իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:3232: И отправились из Бене-Яакана и расположились станом в Хор--Агидгаде.
33:32 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Βαναια βαναια and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for τὸ ο the ὄρος ορος mountain; mount Γαδγαδ γαδγαδ Gadgad; Gathgath
33:32 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from בְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקָ֑ן bbᵊnˈê yaʕᵃqˈān בְּנֵי יַעֲקָן Bene Jaakan וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חֹ֥ר הַגִּדְגָּֽד׃ ḥˌōr haggiḏgˈāḏ חֹר הַגִּדְגָּד Hor Haggidgad
33:32. egressique de Baneiacan venerunt in montem GadgadAnd departing from Benejaacan, they came to mount Gadgad.
32. And they journeyed from Bene-jaakan, and pitched in Hor-haggidgad.
33:32. And setting out from Bene-jaakan, they went to mount Gidgad.
33:32. And they removed from Benejaakan, and encamped at Horhagidgad.
And they removed from Bene- jaakan, and encamped at Hor- hagidgad:

32: И отправились из Бене-Яакана и расположились станом в Хор--Агидгаде.
33:32
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Βαναια βαναια and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
τὸ ο the
ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
Γαδγαδ γαδγαδ Gadgad; Gathgath
33:32
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
בְּנֵ֣י יַעֲקָ֑ן bbᵊnˈê yaʕᵃqˈān בְּנֵי יַעֲקָן Bene Jaakan
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חֹ֥ר הַגִּדְגָּֽד׃ ḥˌōr haggiḏgˈāḏ חֹר הַגִּדְגָּד Hor Haggidgad
33:32. egressique de Baneiacan venerunt in montem Gadgad
And departing from Benejaacan, they came to mount Gadgad.
33:32. And setting out from Bene-jaakan, they went to mount Gidgad.
33:32. And they removed from Benejaakan, and encamped at Horhagidgad.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:32: Hor-hagidgad - The hole or pit of Gidgad. Unknown. It was a place perhaps remarkable for some vast pit or cavern, from which it took its name.
Stat. 29.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:32: Hor-hagid-gad, Deu 10:7, Gudgodah
John Gill
33:32 And they removed from Benejaakan, and encamped at Horhagidgad. In the Targum Jonathan called Gudgod, as it is Gudgodah in Deut 10:7, where the remove to this place is said to be from Mosera; it was twenty miles from Benejaaken; from thence they went to Jotbathah, twenty four miles from Horhagidgad; and from thence to Ebronah, twenty miles more; and so to Eziongeber, of which see 3Kings 9:26 which was twenty eight miles from Ebrorah; and their next remove was to the wilderness of Zin, which was Kadesh, forty eight miles from Eziongeber; and from Kadesh they went to Mount Hor, forty eight miles more: which was
in the edge of the land of Edom; as Kadesh also was; see Num 20:16.
33:3333:33: Չուեցին ՚ի լեռնէ անտի Գադգադայ, եւ բանակեցան յԵտէբաթա։
33 Մեկնեցին Գադգադ լեռից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ետեբաթայում:
33 Ու Հօրգադգադէն չուելով Ետեբաթա իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի լեռնէ անտի Գադգադայ, եւ բանակեցան յԵտեբաթա:

33:33: Չուեցին ՚ի լեռնէ անտի Գադգադայ, եւ բանակեցան յԵտէբաթա։
33 Մեկնեցին Գադգադ լեռից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Ետեբաթայում:
33 Ու Հօրգադգադէն չուելով Ետեբաթա իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:3333: И отправились из Хор-Агидгада и расположились станом в Иотвафе.
33:33 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of τοῦ ο the ὄρους ορος mountain; mount Γαδγαδ γαδγαδ and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Ετεβαθα ετεβαθα Etebatha; Etevatha
33:33 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from חֹ֣ר הַגִּדְגָּ֑ד ḥˈōr haggiḏgˈāḏ חֹר הַגִּדְגָּד Hor Haggidgad וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יָטְבָֽתָה׃ yāṭᵊvˈāṯā יָטְבָתָה Jotbathah
33:33. unde profecti castrametati sunt in HietebathaFrom thence they went and camped in Jetebatha.
33. And they journeyed from Hor-haggidgad, and pitched in Jotbathah.
33:33. Setting out from there, they were encamped at Jotbathah.
33:33. And they went from Horhagidgad, and pitched in Jotbathah.
And they went from Hor- hagidgad, and pitched in Jotbathah:

33: И отправились из Хор-Агидгада и расположились станом в Иотвафе.
33:33
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τοῦ ο the
ὄρους ορος mountain; mount
Γαδγαδ γαδγαδ and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Ετεβαθα ετεβαθα Etebatha; Etevatha
33:33
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
חֹ֣ר הַגִּדְגָּ֑ד ḥˈōr haggiḏgˈāḏ חֹר הַגִּדְגָּד Hor Haggidgad
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יָטְבָֽתָה׃ yāṭᵊvˈāṯā יָטְבָתָה Jotbathah
33:33. unde profecti castrametati sunt in Hietebatha
From thence they went and camped in Jetebatha.
33:33. Setting out from there, they were encamped at Jotbathah.
33:33. And they went from Horhagidgad, and pitched in Jotbathah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:33: Jotrathah - Situation unknown. It is said in Deu 10:7 to be a land of rivers of waters.
Stat. 30.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:33: Jotbathah: Mr. Taylor, who imagines the Israelites to be now in the track of the Mecca pilgrims, supposes Jotbathah, which is described as "a land of brooks of water," to be Callah Nahar, a torrent, said to be good water by Dr. Shaw. Deu 10:7, Jotbath
33:3433:34: Չուեցին յԵտէբաթայ, եւ բանակեցան յԵբրոն։
34 Մեկնեցին Ետեբաթայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Եբրոնայում:
34 Ու Ետեբաթայէն չուելով Եբրօնա իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին յԵտեբաթայ, եւ բանակեցան յԵբրոնա:

33:34: Չուեցին յԵտէբաթայ, եւ բանակեցան յԵբրոն։
34 Մեկնեցին Ետեբաթայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Եբրոնայում:
34 Ու Ետեբաթայէն չուելով Եբրօնա իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:3434: И отправились от Иотвафы и расположились станом в Авроне.
33:34 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐξ εκ from; out of Ετεβαθα ετεβαθα and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Εβρωνα εβρωνα Ebrōna; Evrona
33:34 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from יָּטְבָ֑תָה yyāṭᵊvˈāṯā יָטְבָתָה Jotbathah וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עַבְרֹנָֽה׃ ʕavrōnˈā עַבְרֹנָה Abronah
33:34. et de Hietebatha venerunt in EbronaAnd from Jetebatha they came to Hebrona.
34. And they journeyed from Jotbathah, and pitched in Abronah.
33:34. And from Jotbathah, they went to Abronah.
33:34. And they removed from Jotbathah, and encamped at Ebronah.
And they removed from Jotbathah, and encamped at Ebronah:

34: И отправились от Иотвафы и расположились станом в Авроне.
33:34
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐξ εκ from; out of
Ετεβαθα ετεβαθα and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Εβρωνα εβρωνα Ebrōna; Evrona
33:34
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
יָּטְבָ֑תָה yyāṭᵊvˈāṯā יָטְבָתָה Jotbathah
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עַבְרֹנָֽה׃ ʕavrōnˈā עַבְרֹנָה Abronah
33:34. et de Hietebatha venerunt in Ebrona
And from Jetebatha they came to Hebrona.
33:34. And from Jotbathah, they went to Abronah.
33:34. And they removed from Jotbathah, and encamped at Ebronah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:34: Ebronah - Nowhere else mentioned. Stat. 31.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
33:34
Ebronah - i. e, "passage." This station apparently lay on the shore of the Elanitic gulf, at a point where the ebb of the tide left a ford across. Hence, the later Targum renders the word as "fords."
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:34: Ebronah: Probably at Abiah Ailana, or Sat el Acaba, stations nearer Accaba. Num 33:34
33:3533:35: Չուեցին յԵբրոնայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Գասիոնգաբեր[1574]։ [1574] Օրինակ մի. ՅԵբրոնեայ... ՚ի Գեսիոնգաբեր։
35 Մեկնեցին Եբրոնայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Գեսիոնգաբերում:
35 Ու Եբրօնայէն չուելով Գասիոն–Գաբեր իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին յԵբրոնայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Գասիոնգաբեր:

33:35: Չուեցին յԵբրոնայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Գասիոնգաբեր[1574]։
[1574] Օրինակ մի. ՅԵբրոնեայ... ՚ի Գեսիոնգաբեր։
35 Մեկնեցին Եբրոնայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Գեսիոնգաբերում:
35 Ու Եբրօնայէն չուելով Գասիոն–Գաբեր իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:3535: И отправились из Аврона и расположились станом в Ецион--Гавере.
33:35 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐξ εκ from; out of Εβρωνα εβρωνα and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Γεσιωνγαβερ γεσιωνγαβερ Gesiōngaber; Yesiongaver
33:35 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵֽ mˈē מִן from עַבְרֹנָ֑ה ʕavrōnˈā עַבְרֹנָה Abronah וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֶצְיֹ֥ון גָּֽבֶר׃ ʕeṣyˌôn gˈāver עֶצְיֹון גֶּבֶר Ezion Geber
33:35. egressique de Ebrona castrametati sunt in AsiongaberAnd departing from Hebrona, they camped in Asiongaber.
35. And they journeyed from Abronah, and pitched in Ezion-geber.
33:35. And departing from Abronah, they made camp at Eziongeber.
33:35. And they departed from Ebronah, and encamped at Eziongaber.
And they departed from Ebronah, and encamped at Ezion- gaber:

35: И отправились из Аврона и расположились станом в Ецион--Гавере.
33:35
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐξ εκ from; out of
Εβρωνα εβρωνα and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Γεσιωνγαβερ γεσιωνγαβερ Gesiōngaber; Yesiongaver
33:35
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
עַבְרֹנָ֑ה ʕavrōnˈā עַבְרֹנָה Abronah
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֶצְיֹ֥ון גָּֽבֶר׃ ʕeṣyˌôn gˈāver עֶצְיֹון גֶּבֶר Ezion Geber
33:35. egressique de Ebrona castrametati sunt in Asiongaber
And departing from Hebrona, they camped in Asiongaber.
33:35. And departing from Abronah, they made camp at Eziongeber.
33:35. And they departed from Ebronah, and encamped at Eziongaber.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:35: Ezion-gaber - Dr. Shaw places this port on the western coast of the Elantic gulf of the Red Sea. It is now called Meenah el Dsahab, or the golden port, by the Arabs; because it was from this place that Solomon sent his ships for gold to Ophir, Kg1 9:26. He supposes it to be about sixty miles distant from Mount Sinai - Travels, p. 322, 4th. edition.
Stat. 32.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
33:35
Ezion-gaber - "Giant's backbone." The Wady Ghadhyan, a valley running eastward into the Arabah some miles north of the present head of the Elanitic gulf. A salt marsh which here overspreads a portion of the Arabah may be taken as indicating the limit to which the sea anciently reached; and we may thus infer the existence here in former times of an extensive tidal haven, at the head of which the city of Ezion-geber stood. Here it was that from the time of Solomon onward the Jewish navy was constructed Kg1 9:26; Kg1 22:49.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:35: Eziongaber: Dr. Shaw places this port on the western shore of the Elanitic gulf of the Red Sea. He says it is now called Meenah el Dsahab, or the golden port, by the Arabs; because it was from this place that Solomon sent his ships to Ophir. He supposes it to be about sixty miles from Sinai; and it is probable that it was near the present Accaba, i. e., the end (of the sea). Num 14:25; Deu 2:8; Kg1 9:26, Kg1 22:48, Ezion-geber, Ch2 20:36
33:3633:36: Չուեցին ՚ի Գեսիոնգաբերայ, եւ բանակեցան յանապատին ՚ի Սին[1575]։ [1575] Ոսկան յաւելու. ՚ի Սին՝ որ է Կադէս։
36 Մեկնեցին Գեսիոնգաբերից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Սին անապատում:
36 Եւ Գասիոն–Գաբերէն չուելով Սին անապատը, այսինքն Կադէս իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Գեսիոնգաբերայ, եւ բանակեցան յանապատին ի Սին. [539]չուեցին ի Սինն անապատէ, եւ բանակեցան յանապատին Փառանու,`` այն է Կադէս:

33:36: Չուեցին ՚ի Գեսիոնգաբերայ, եւ բանակեցան յանապատին ՚ի Սին[1575]։
[1575] Ոսկան յաւելու. ՚ի Սին՝ որ է Կադէս։
36 Մեկնեցին Գեսիոնգաբերից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Սին անապատում:
36 Եւ Գասիոն–Գաբերէն չուելով Սին անապատը, այսինքն Կադէս իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:3636: И отправились из Ецион-Гавера и расположились станом в пустыне Син. она же Кадес.
33:36 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Γεσιωνγαβερ γεσιωνγαβερ and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness Σιν σιν and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of τῆς ο the ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness Σιν σιν and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness Φαραν φαραν this; he ἐστὶν ειμι be Καδης καδης Kadēs; Kathis
33:36 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from עֶצְיֹ֣ון גָּ֑בֶר ʕeṣyˈôn gˈāver עֶצְיֹון גֶּבֶר Ezion Geber וַ wa וְ and יַּחֲנ֥וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְ vᵊ בְּ in מִדְבַּר־ miḏbar- מִדְבָּר desert צִ֖ן ṣˌin צִן Zin הִ֥וא hˌiw הִיא she קָדֵֽשׁ׃ qāḏˈēš קָדֵשׁ Kadesh
33:36. inde profecti venerunt in desertum Sin haec est CadesThey removed from thence and came into the desert of Sin, which is Cades.
36. And they journeyed from Ezion-geber, and pitched in the wilderness of Zin ( the same is Kadesh).
33:36. Setting out from there, they went into the desert of Sin, which is Kadesh.
33:36. And they removed from Eziongaber, and pitched in the wilderness of Zin, which [is] Kadesh.
And they removed from Ezion- gaber, and pitched in the wilderness of Zin, which [is] Kadesh:

36: И отправились из Ецион-Гавера и расположились станом в пустыне Син. она же Кадес.
33:36
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Γεσιωνγαβερ γεσιωνγαβερ and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
Σιν σιν and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῆς ο the
ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness
Σιν σιν and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
ἔρημον ερημος lonesome; wilderness
Φαραν φαραν this; he
ἐστὶν ειμι be
Καδης καδης Kadēs; Kathis
33:36
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
עֶצְיֹ֣ון גָּ֑בֶר ʕeṣyˈôn gˈāver עֶצְיֹון גֶּבֶר Ezion Geber
וַ wa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֥וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
מִדְבַּר־ miḏbar- מִדְבָּר desert
צִ֖ן ṣˌin צִן Zin
הִ֥וא hˌiw הִיא she
קָדֵֽשׁ׃ qāḏˈēš קָדֵשׁ Kadesh
33:36. inde profecti venerunt in desertum Sin haec est Cades
They removed from thence and came into the desert of Sin, which is Cades.
33:36. Setting out from there, they went into the desert of Sin, which is Kadesh.
33:36. And they removed from Eziongaber, and pitched in the wilderness of Zin, which [is] Kadesh.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:36: Zin, which is Kadesh - A place remarkable for the death of Miriam the prophetess, and bringing water out of the rock. As this place was on the borders of Edom, the Israelites, being denied permission to pass through their land, which lay on the direct road to the promised land, were obliged to turn to the right to Mount Hor, now called Accaba by the Arabs.
Stat. 33.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:36: the wilderness of Zin: Num 13:21, Num 20:1, Num 27:14; Deu 32:51
33:3733:37: Չուեցին ՚ի Սինն անապատէ. եւ բանակեցան յանապատին Փարանու, ա՛յն է Կադէս։ Չուեցին ՚ի Կադէսայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Հովր լերինն, մերձ առ երկրաւն Եդոմայ[1576]։ [1576] Ոմանք. Մերձ առ երկրին Եդովմայ։
37 Մեկնեցին Սին անապատից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Փարանի անապատում, այսինքն՝ Կադէսում: Մեկնեցին Կադէսից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Հոր լերան վրայ՝ Եդոմի երկրի մօտ:
37 Եւ Կադէսէն չուելով Հովր լեռը իջեւան ըրին, որ Եդովմի երկրին ծայրն է։
Չուեցին ի Կադեսայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Հովր լերինն, մերձ առ երկրաւն Եդովմայ:

33:37: Չուեցին ՚ի Սինն անապատէ. եւ բանակեցան յանապատին Փարանու, ա՛յն է Կադէս։ Չուեցին ՚ի Կադէսայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Հովր լերինն, մերձ առ երկրաւն Եդոմայ[1576]։
[1576] Ոմանք. Մերձ առ երկրին Եդովմայ։
37 Մեկնեցին Սին անապատից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Փարանի անապատում, այսինքն՝ Կադէսում: Մեկնեցին Կադէսից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Հոր լերան վրայ՝ Եդոմի երկրի մօտ:
37 Եւ Կադէսէն չուելով Հովր լեռը իջեւան ըրին, որ Եդովմի երկրին ծայրն է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:3737: И отправились из Кадеса и расположились станом на горе Ор, у пределов земли Едомской.
33:37 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Καδης καδης and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Ωρ ωρ the ὄρος ορος mountain; mount πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor γῆς γη earth; land Εδωμ εδωμ Edōm; Ethom
33:37 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from קָּדֵ֑שׁ qqāḏˈēš קָדֵשׁ Kadesh וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנוּ֙ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in הֹ֣ר hˈōr הֹר Mount Hor הָ hā הַ the הָ֔ר hˈār הַר mountain בִּ bi בְּ in קְצֵ֖ה qᵊṣˌē קָצֶה end אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֱדֹֽום׃ ʔᵉḏˈôm אֱדֹום Edom
33:37. egressique de Cades castrametati sunt in monte Hor in extremis finibus terrae EdomAnd departing from Cades, they camped in mount Hor, in the uttermost borders of the land of Edom.
37. And they journeyed from Kadesh, and pitched in mount Hor, in the edge of the land of Edom.
33:37. And departing from Kadesh, they encamped at mount Hor, at the furthermost limits of the land of Edom.
33:37. And they removed from Kadesh, and pitched in mount Hor, in the edge of the land of Edom.
And they removed from Kadesh, and pitched in mount Hor, in the edge of the land of Edom:

37: И отправились из Кадеса и расположились станом на горе Ор, у пределов земли Едомской.
33:37
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Καδης καδης and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Ωρ ωρ the
ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
πλησίον πλησιον near; neighbor
γῆς γη earth; land
Εδωμ εδωμ Edōm; Ethom
33:37
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
קָּדֵ֑שׁ qqāḏˈēš קָדֵשׁ Kadesh
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנוּ֙ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
הֹ֣ר hˈōr הֹר Mount Hor
הָ הַ the
הָ֔ר hˈār הַר mountain
בִּ bi בְּ in
קְצֵ֖ה qᵊṣˌē קָצֶה end
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֱדֹֽום׃ ʔᵉḏˈôm אֱדֹום Edom
33:37. egressique de Cades castrametati sunt in monte Hor in extremis finibus terrae Edom
And departing from Cades, they camped in mount Hor, in the uttermost borders of the land of Edom.
33:37. And departing from Kadesh, they encamped at mount Hor, at the furthermost limits of the land of Edom.
33:37. And they removed from Kadesh, and pitched in mount Hor, in the edge of the land of Edom.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:37: Hor - Famous for the death of Aaron. See on Numbers 20 (note). Perhaps Moseroth or Mosera, Num 33:30 (note), was a village near this mountain.
Stat. 34.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:37: Kadesh: Num 20:22, Num 20:23, Num 21:4
33:3833:38: Եւ ել Ահարոն քահանայ ՚ի լեառնն հրամանաւ Տեառն՝ եւ մեռաւ անդ. ՚ի քառասներորդի ամի ելանելոյ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց. յամսեանն հինգերորդի՝ որ օր մի էր ամսոյն։
38 Ահարոն քահանան Տիրոջ հրամանով բարձրացաւ լեռը եւ մեռաւ այնտեղ իսրայէլացիների՝ Եգիպտացիների երկրից դուրս գալու քառասուներորդ տարուայ հինգերորդ ամսի մէկին:
38 Ու Ահարոն քահանան Տէրոջը հրամանովը Հովր լեռը ելաւ եւ հոն մեռաւ, Իսրայէլի որդիներուն Եգիպտոսի երկրէն ելլելուն քառասուներորդ տարուան հինգերորդ ամսուան առաջին օրը։
Եւ ել Ահարոն քահանայ [540]ի լեառնն հրամանաւ Տեառն եւ մեռաւ անդ, ի քառասներորդի ամի ելանելոյ որդւոցն Իսրայելի յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց, յամսեանն հինգերորդի, որ օր մի էր ամսոյն:

33:38: Եւ ել Ահարոն քահանայ ՚ի լեառնն հրամանաւ Տեառն՝ եւ մեռաւ անդ. ՚ի քառասներորդի ամի ելանելոյ որդւոցն Իսրայէլի յերկրէն Եգիպտացւոց. յամսեանն հինգերորդի՝ որ օր մի էր ամսոյն։
38 Ահարոն քահանան Տիրոջ հրամանով բարձրացաւ լեռը եւ մեռաւ այնտեղ իսրայէլացիների՝ Եգիպտացիների երկրից դուրս գալու քառասուներորդ տարուայ հինգերորդ ամսի մէկին:
38 Ու Ահարոն քահանան Տէրոջը հրամանովը Հովր լեռը ելաւ եւ հոն մեռաւ, Իսրայէլի որդիներուն Եգիպտոսի երկրէն ելլելուն քառասուներորդ տարուան հինգերորդ ամսուան առաջին օրը։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:3838: И взошел Аарон священник на гору Ор по повелению Господню и умер там в сороковой год по исшествии сынов Израилевых из земли Египетской, в пятый месяц, в первый день месяца;
33:38 καὶ και and; even ἀνέβη αναβαινω step up; ascend Ααρων ααρων Aarōn; Aaron ὁ ο the ἱερεὺς ιερευς priest διὰ δια through; because of προστάγματος προσταγμα lord; master καὶ και and; even ἀπέθανεν αποθνησκω die ἐκεῖ εκει there ἐν εν in τῷ ο the τεσσαρακοστῷ τεσσαρακοστος year τῆς ο the ἐξόδου εξοδος exodus τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel ἐκ εκ from; out of γῆς γη earth; land Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos τῷ ο the μηνὶ μην.1 month τῷ ο the πέμπτῳ πεμπτος fifth μιᾷ εις.1 one; unit τοῦ ο the μηνός μην.1 month
33:38 וַ wa וְ and יַּעַל֩ yyaʕˌal עלה ascend אַהֲרֹ֨ן ʔahᵃrˌōn אַהֲרֹן Aaron הַ ha הַ the כֹּהֵ֜ן kkōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הֹ֥ר hˌōr הֹר Mount Hor הָ hā הַ the הָ֛ר hˈār הַר mountain עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פִּ֥י pˌî פֶּה mouth יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH וַ wa וְ and יָּ֣מָת yyˈāmoṯ מות die שָׁ֑ם šˈām שָׁם there בִּ bi בְּ in שְׁנַ֣ת šᵊnˈaṯ שָׁנָה year הָֽ hˈā הַ the אַרְבָּעִ֗ים ʔarbāʕˈîm אַרְבַּע four לְ lᵊ לְ to צֵ֤את ṣˈēṯ יצא go out בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel מֵ mē מִן from אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the חֹ֥דֶשׁ ḥˌōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month הַ ha הַ the חֲמִישִׁ֖י ḥᵃmîšˌî חֲמִישִׁי fifth בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶחָ֥ד ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one לַ la לְ to † הַ the חֹֽדֶשׁ׃ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month
33:38. ascenditque Aaron sacerdos montem Hor iubente Domino et ibi mortuus est anno quadragesimo egressionis filiorum Israhel ex Aegypto mense quinto prima die mensisAnd Aaron the priest went up into mount Hor at the commandment of the Lord: and there he died in the fortieth year of the coming forth of the children of Israel out of Egypt, the fifth month, the first day of the month,
38. And Aaron the priest went up into mount Hor at the commandment of the LORD, and died there, in the fortieth year after the children of Israel were come out of the land of Egypt, in the fifth month, on the first day of the month.
33:38. And Aaron the priest ascended onto mount Hor, by the order of the Lord. And there he died, in the fortieth year of the departure of the sons of Israel from Egypt, in the fifth month, on the first day of the month,
33:38. And Aaron the priest went up into mount Hor at the commandment of the LORD, and died there, in the fortieth year after the children of Israel were come out of the land of Egypt, in the first [day] of the fifth month.
And Aaron the priest went up into mount Hor at the commandment of the LORD, and died there, in the fortieth year after the children of Israel were come out of the land of Egypt, in the first [day] of the fifth month:

38: И взошел Аарон священник на гору Ор по повелению Господню и умер там в сороковой год по исшествии сынов Израилевых из земли Египетской, в пятый месяц, в первый день месяца;
33:38
καὶ και and; even
ἀνέβη αναβαινω step up; ascend
Ααρων ααρων Aarōn; Aaron
ο the
ἱερεὺς ιερευς priest
διὰ δια through; because of
προστάγματος προσταγμα lord; master
καὶ και and; even
ἀπέθανεν αποθνησκω die
ἐκεῖ εκει there
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
τεσσαρακοστῷ τεσσαρακοστος year
τῆς ο the
ἐξόδου εξοδος exodus
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
ἐκ εκ from; out of
γῆς γη earth; land
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
τῷ ο the
μηνὶ μην.1 month
τῷ ο the
πέμπτῳ πεμπτος fifth
μιᾷ εις.1 one; unit
τοῦ ο the
μηνός μην.1 month
33:38
וַ wa וְ and
יַּעַל֩ yyaʕˌal עלה ascend
אַהֲרֹ֨ן ʔahᵃrˌōn אַהֲרֹן Aaron
הַ ha הַ the
כֹּהֵ֜ן kkōhˈēn כֹּהֵן priest
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הֹ֥ר hˌōr הֹר Mount Hor
הָ הַ the
הָ֛ר hˈār הַר mountain
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פִּ֥י pˌî פֶּה mouth
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
וַ wa וְ and
יָּ֣מָת yyˈāmoṯ מות die
שָׁ֑ם šˈām שָׁם there
בִּ bi בְּ in
שְׁנַ֣ת šᵊnˈaṯ שָׁנָה year
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אַרְבָּעִ֗ים ʔarbāʕˈîm אַרְבַּע four
לְ lᵊ לְ to
צֵ֤את ṣˈēṯ יצא go out
בְּנֵֽי־ bᵊnˈê- בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ yiśrāʔˌēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
מֵ מִן from
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
חֹ֥דֶשׁ ḥˌōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month
הַ ha הַ the
חֲמִישִׁ֖י ḥᵃmîšˌî חֲמִישִׁי fifth
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶחָ֥ד ʔeḥˌāḏ אֶחָד one
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
חֹֽדֶשׁ׃ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month
33:38. ascenditque Aaron sacerdos montem Hor iubente Domino et ibi mortuus est anno quadragesimo egressionis filiorum Israhel ex Aegypto mense quinto prima die mensis
And Aaron the priest went up into mount Hor at the commandment of the Lord: and there he died in the fortieth year of the coming forth of the children of Israel out of Egypt, the fifth month, the first day of the month,
33:38. And Aaron the priest ascended onto mount Hor, by the order of the Lord. And there he died, in the fortieth year of the departure of the sons of Israel from Egypt, in the fifth month, on the first day of the month,
33:38. And Aaron the priest went up into mount Hor at the commandment of the LORD, and died there, in the fortieth year after the children of Israel were come out of the land of Egypt, in the first [day] of the fifth month.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:38: Num 20:24-28; Deu 10:6, Deu 32:50
Geneva 1599
33:38 And Aaron the priest went up into mount Hor at the commandment of the LORD, and died there, in the fortieth year after the children of Israel were come out of the land of Egypt, in the first [day] of the (d) fifth month.
(d) Which the Hebrews call Ab, and contains part of July and part of August.
John Gill
33:38 And Aaron the priest went up into Mount Hor, at the commandment of the Lord,.... Delivered to Moses:
and died there in the fortieth year after the children of Israel were come out of Egypt; not being suffered to go with them into the land of Canaan, because of his sin of unbelief at Kadesh, the last place from whence they came: in Mount Hor he died:
on the first day of the fifth month; the month Ab, answering to part of July and part of August; so that he lived but four months after his sister Miriam; see Num 20:1.
33:3933:39: Եւ Ահարոն էր հարեւր եւ քսան եւ երից ամաց յորժամ մեռա՛ւ ՚ի Հովր լերինն։
39 Ահարոնը հարիւր քսաներեք տարեկան էր, երբ մեռաւ Հոր լերան վրայ:
39 Եւ Ահարոն Հովր լերանը վրայ մեռած ատեն հարիւր քսանըերեք տարեկան էր։
Եւ Ահարոն էր հարեւր եւ քսան եւ երից ամաց յորժամ մեռաւ ի Հովր լերինն:

33:39: Եւ Ահարոն էր հարեւր եւ քսան եւ երից ամաց յորժամ մեռա՛ւ ՚ի Հովր լերինն։
39 Ահարոնը հարիւր քսաներեք տարեկան էր, երբ մեռաւ Հոր լերան վրայ:
39 Եւ Ահարոն Հովր լերանը վրայ մեռած ատեն հարիւր քսանըերեք տարեկան էր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:3939: Аарон был ста двадцати трех лет, когда умер на горе Ор.
33:39 καὶ και and; even Ααρων ααρων Aarōn; Aaron ἦν ειμι be τριῶν τρεις three καὶ και and; even εἴκοσι εικοσι twenty καὶ και and; even ἑκατὸν εκατον hundred ἐτῶν ετος year ὅτε οτε when ἀπέθνῃσκεν αποθνησκω die ἐν εν in Ωρ ωρ the ὄρει ορος mountain; mount
33:39 וְ wᵊ וְ and אַהֲרֹ֔ן ʔahᵃrˈōn אַהֲרֹן Aaron בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son שָׁלֹ֧שׁ šālˈōš שָׁלֹשׁ three וְ wᵊ וְ and עֶשְׂרִ֛ים ʕeśrˈîm עֶשְׂרִים twenty וּ û וְ and מְאַ֖ת mᵊʔˌaṯ מֵאָה hundred שָׁנָ֑ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year בְּ bᵊ בְּ in מֹתֹ֖ו mōṯˌô מָוֶת death בְּ bᵊ בְּ in הֹ֥ר hˌōr הֹר Mount Hor הָ hā הַ the הָֽר׃ ס hˈār . s הַר mountain
33:39. cum esset annorum centum viginti triumWhen he was a hundred and twenty-three years old.
39. And Aaron was an hundred and twenty and three years old when he died in mount Hor.
33:39. when he was one hundred twenty-three years old.
33:39. And Aaron [was] an hundred and twenty and three years old when he died in mount Hor.
And Aaron [was] an hundred and twenty and three years old when he died in mount Hor:

39: Аарон был ста двадцати трех лет, когда умер на горе Ор.
33:39
καὶ και and; even
Ααρων ααρων Aarōn; Aaron
ἦν ειμι be
τριῶν τρεις three
καὶ και and; even
εἴκοσι εικοσι twenty
καὶ και and; even
ἑκατὸν εκατον hundred
ἐτῶν ετος year
ὅτε οτε when
ἀπέθνῃσκεν αποθνησκω die
ἐν εν in
Ωρ ωρ the
ὄρει ορος mountain; mount
33:39
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַהֲרֹ֔ן ʔahᵃrˈōn אַהֲרֹן Aaron
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
שָׁלֹ֧שׁ šālˈōš שָׁלֹשׁ three
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עֶשְׂרִ֛ים ʕeśrˈîm עֶשְׂרִים twenty
וּ û וְ and
מְאַ֖ת mᵊʔˌaṯ מֵאָה hundred
שָׁנָ֑ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
מֹתֹ֖ו mōṯˌô מָוֶת death
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
הֹ֥ר hˌōr הֹר Mount Hor
הָ הַ the
הָֽר׃ ס hˈār . s הַר mountain
33:39. cum esset annorum centum viginti trium
When he was a hundred and twenty-three years old.
33:39. when he was one hundred twenty-three years old.
33:39. And Aaron [was] an hundred and twenty and three years old when he died in mount Hor.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ all ▾
John Gill
33:39 And Aaron was one hundred and twenty three years old when he died in Mount Hor. He was eighty three when he stood before Pharaoh, Ex 7:7, and forty years he had been with Israel since, which make this number; he was three years older than Moses.
33:4033:40: Եւ լուաւ Քանանէ՛ս արքայ Արադայ, եւ ինքն բնակեալ էր յերկրին Քանանացւոց, յորժամ մտանէին որդիքն Իսրայէլի, եւ ետ պատերազմ ընդ Իսրայէլի, եւ ա՛ռ ՚ի նոցանէ գերի[1577]։ [1577] Ոմանք. Եւ լուաւ Քանանիս ար՛՛։ Յայլս պակասի. Մտանէին որդիքն Իսրայէլի։ Եւ ետ պատերազմ ընդ Իսրայէլի, եւ ա՛ռ ՚ի նոցանէ գերի։
40 Քանանացիների երկրում բնակուող Արադի արքայ Քանանէսը տեղեկացաւ, որ իսրայէլացիները մուտք են գործում իր երկիրը:
40 Եւ Քանանի երկրին հարաւային կողմը բնակող Արադի Քանանիս* թագաւորը Իսրայէլի որդիներուն գալը լսեց։
Եւ լուաւ Քանանիս արքայ Արադայ, եւ ինքն բնակեալ էր [541]յերկրին Քանանացւոց, յորժամ մտանէին որդիքն Իսրայելի:

33:40: Եւ լուաւ Քանանէ՛ս արքայ Արադայ, եւ ինքն բնակեալ էր յերկրին Քանանացւոց, յորժամ մտանէին որդիքն Իսրայէլի, եւ ետ պատերազմ ընդ Իսրայէլի, եւ ա՛ռ ՚ի նոցանէ գերի[1577]։
[1577] Ոմանք. Եւ լուաւ Քանանիս ար՛՛։ Յայլս պակասի. Մտանէին որդիքն Իսրայէլի։ Եւ ետ պատերազմ ընդ Իսրայէլի, եւ ա՛ռ ՚ի նոցանէ գերի։
40 Քանանացիների երկրում բնակուող Արադի արքայ Քանանէսը տեղեկացաւ, որ իսրայէլացիները մուտք են գործում իր երկիրը:
40 Եւ Քանանի երկրին հարաւային կողմը բնակող Արադի Քանանիս* թագաւորը Իսրայէլի որդիներուն գալը լսեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:4040: Ханаанский царь Арада, который жил к югу земли Ханаанской, услышал тогда, что идут сыны Израилевы.
33:40 καὶ και and; even ἀκούσας ακουω hear ὁ ο the Χανανις χανανις monarch; king Αραδ αραδ and; even οὗτος ουτος this; he κατῴκει κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in γῇ γη earth; land Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan ὅτε οτε when εἰσεπορεύοντο εισπορευομαι intrude; travel into οἱ ο the υἱοὶ υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
33:40 וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׁמַ֗ע yyišmˈaʕ שׁמע hear הַֽ hˈa הַ the כְּנַעֲנִי֙ kkᵊnaʕᵃnˌî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king עֲרָ֔ד ʕᵃrˈāḏ עֲרָד Arad וְ wᵊ וְ and הֽוּא־ hˈû- הוּא he יֹשֵׁ֥ב yōšˌēv ישׁב sit בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the נֶּ֖גֶב nnˌeḡev נֶגֶב south בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth כְּנָ֑עַן kᵊnˈāʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan בְּ bᵊ בְּ in בֹ֖א vˌō בוא come בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
33:40. audivitque Chananeus rex Arad qui habitabat ad meridiem in terra Chanaan venisse filios IsrahelAnd king Arad the Chanaanite, who dwelt towards the south, heard that the children of Israel were come to the land of Chanaan.
40. And the Canaanite, the king of Arad, which dwelt in the South in the land of Canaan, heard of the coming of the children of Israel.
33:40. And king Arad the Canaanite, who lived toward the south, heard that the sons of Israel had arrived in the land of Canaan.
33:40. And king Arad the Canaanite, which dwelt in the south in the land of Canaan, heard of the coming of the children of Israel.
And king Arad the Canaanite, which dwelt in the south in the land of Canaan, heard of the coming of the children of Israel:

40: Ханаанский царь Арада, который жил к югу земли Ханаанской, услышал тогда, что идут сыны Израилевы.
33:40
καὶ και and; even
ἀκούσας ακουω hear
ο the
Χανανις χανανις monarch; king
Αραδ αραδ and; even
οὗτος ουτος this; he
κατῴκει κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
γῇ γη earth; land
Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
ὅτε οτε when
εἰσεπορεύοντο εισπορευομαι intrude; travel into
οἱ ο the
υἱοὶ υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
33:40
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׁמַ֗ע yyišmˈaʕ שׁמע hear
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
כְּנַעֲנִי֙ kkᵊnaʕᵃnˌî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite
מֶ֣לֶךְ mˈeleḵ מֶלֶךְ king
עֲרָ֔ד ʕᵃrˈāḏ עֲרָד Arad
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֽוּא־ hˈû- הוּא he
יֹשֵׁ֥ב yōšˌēv ישׁב sit
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
נֶּ֖גֶב nnˌeḡev נֶגֶב south
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
כְּנָ֑עַן kᵊnˈāʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
בֹ֖א vˌō בוא come
בְּנֵ֥י bᵊnˌê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
33:40. audivitque Chananeus rex Arad qui habitabat ad meridiem in terra Chanaan venisse filios Israhel
And king Arad the Chanaanite, who dwelt towards the south, heard that the children of Israel were come to the land of Chanaan.
33:40. And king Arad the Canaanite, who lived toward the south, heard that the sons of Israel had arrived in the land of Canaan.
33:40. And king Arad the Canaanite, which dwelt in the south in the land of Canaan, heard of the coming of the children of Israel.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:40: Num 21:1-3, Num 21:4-9
John Gill
33:40 And King Arad the Canaanite,.... Or the king of Arad the Canaanite:
which dwelt in the land of Canaan, he heard of the coming of the children of Israel; towards the land of Canaan, in order to possess it, and he came out and fought with them, and was vanquished; see Num 21:1, this was when Israel was at Mount Hor; from whence they departed to Zalmonah, twenty eight miles from the mount; and from thence to Punon, which was twenty more; and so to Oboth, which was twenty four miles from Punon: and thence
to Ijeabarim, in the border of Moab, which was sixteen miles, see Num 21:9.
33:4133:41: Չուեցին ՚ի Հովր լեռնէ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Սելմոնա։
41 Իսրայէլացիները, սակայն, Հոր լեռից հեռանալով՝ բանակատեղի դրեցին Սելմոնայում:
41 Եւ Հովր լեռնէն չուելով Սելմօնա իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Հովր լեռնէ, եւ բանակեցան ի Սեղմոնա:

33:41: Չուեցին ՚ի Հովր լեռնէ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Սելմոնա։
41 Իսրայէլացիները, սակայն, Հոր լեռից հեռանալով՝ բանակատեղի դրեցին Սելմոնայում:
41 Եւ Հովր լեռնէն չուելով Սելմօնա իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:4141: И отправились они от горы Ор и расположились станом в Салмоне.
33:41 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐξ εκ from; out of Ωρ ωρ the ὄρους ορος mountain; mount καὶ και and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Σελμωνα σελμωνα Selmōna; Selmona
33:41 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from הֹ֣ר hˈōr הֹר Mount Hor הָ hā הַ the הָ֑ר hˈār הַר mountain וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in צַלְמֹנָֽה׃ ṣalmōnˈā צַלְמֹנָה Zalmonah
33:41. et profecti de monte Hor castrametati sunt in SalmonaAnd they departed from mount Hor, and camped in Salmona.
41. And they journeyed from mount Hor, and pitched in Zalmonah.
33:41. And setting out from mount Hor, they made camp at Zalmonah.
33:41. And they departed from mount Hor, and pitched in Zalmonah.
And they departed from mount Hor, and pitched in Zalmonah:

41: И отправились они от горы Ор и расположились станом в Салмоне.
33:41
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐξ εκ from; out of
Ωρ ωρ the
ὄρους ορος mountain; mount
καὶ και and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Σελμωνα σελμωνα Selmōna; Selmona
33:41
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
הֹ֣ר hˈōr הֹר Mount Hor
הָ הַ the
הָ֑ר hˈār הַר mountain
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
צַלְמֹנָֽה׃ ṣalmōnˈā צַלְמֹנָה Zalmonah
33:41. et profecti de monte Hor castrametati sunt in Salmona
And they departed from mount Hor, and camped in Salmona.
33:41. And setting out from mount Hor, they made camp at Zalmonah.
33:41. And they departed from mount Hor, and pitched in Zalmonah.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:41: Zalmonah - Probably in the neighborhood of the land of Edom. As צלם tselem signifies an image, this place probably had its name from the brazen serpent set up by Moses. See Num 21:9 (note), etc. From the same root the word telesm, corruptly called talisman, which signifies a consecrated image, is derived.
Stat. 35.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
33:41-49
Zalmonah and Punon are stations on the Pilgrim's road; and the general route is fairly ascertained by a comparison of these verses with Num 21:4, etc.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:41: Num 21:4
33:4233:42: Չուեցին ՚ի Սելմոնայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Փենով։
42 Մեկնեցին Սելմոնայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Փենովում:
42 Ու Սելմօնայէն չուելով Փունոն իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Սեղմոնայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Փենով:

33:42: Չուեցին ՚ի Սելմոնայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Փենով։
42 Մեկնեցին Սելմոնայից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Փենովում:
42 Ու Սելմօնայէն չուելով Փունոն իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:4242: И отправились из Салмона и расположились станом в Пуноне.
33:42 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Σελμωνα σελμωνα and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Φινω φινω Phinō; Fino
33:42 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from צַּלְמֹנָ֑ה ṣṣalmōnˈā צַלְמֹנָה Zalmonah וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in פוּנֹֽן׃ fûnˈōn פּוּנֹן Punon
33:42. unde egressi venerunt in PhinonFrom whence they removed and came to Phunon.
42. And they journeyed from Zalmonah, and pitched in Punon.
33:42. Departing from there, they went to Punon.
33:42. And they departed from Zalmonah, and pitched in Punon.
And they departed from Zalmonah, and pitched in Punon:

42: И отправились из Салмона и расположились станом в Пуноне.
33:42
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Σελμωνα σελμωνα and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Φινω φινω Phinō; Fino
33:42
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
צַּלְמֹנָ֑ה ṣṣalmōnˈā צַלְמֹנָה Zalmonah
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
פוּנֹֽן׃ fûnˈōn פּוּנֹן Punon
33:42. unde egressi venerunt in Phinon
From whence they removed and came to Phunon.
33:42. Departing from there, they went to Punon.
33:42. And they departed from Zalmonah, and pitched in Punon.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:42: Punon - A place in Idumea. Nowhere else mentioned.
Stat. 36.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:42: Punon: Called Phainon by Eusebius, who places it between Petra and Zoar. Perhaps it is the present Tafyle, mentioned by Burckhardt. Num 33:42
33:4333:43: Չուեցին ՚ի Փենովայ, եւ բանակեցան յՈբովթ։
43 Մեկնեցին Փենովից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Օբոթում:
43 Ու Փունոնէն չուելով՝ Ոբովթ իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Փենովայ, եւ բանակեցան յՈբովթ:

33:43: Չուեցին ՚ի Փենովայ, եւ բանակեցան յՈբովթ։
43 Մեկնեցին Փենովից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Օբոթում:
43 Ու Փունոնէն չուելով՝ Ոբովթ իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:4343: И отправились из Пунона и расположились станом в Овофе.
33:43 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Φινω φινω and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Ωβωθ ωβωθ Ōbōth; Ovoth
33:43 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from פּוּנֹ֑ן ppûnˈōn פּוּנֹן Punon וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֹבֹֽת׃ ʔōvˈōṯ אֹבֹת Oboth
33:43. profectique de Phinon castrametati sunt in ObothAnd departing from Phunon, they camped in Oboth.
43. And they journeyed from Punon, and pitched in Oboth.
33:43. And setting out from Punon, they were encamped at Oboth.
33:43. And they departed from Punon, and pitched in Oboth.
And they departed from Punon, and pitched in Oboth:

43: И отправились из Пунона и расположились станом в Овофе.
33:43
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Φινω φινω and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Ωβωθ ωβωθ Ōbōth; Ovoth
33:43
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
פּוּנֹ֑ן ppûnˈōn פּוּנֹן Punon
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֹבֹֽת׃ ʔōvˈōṯ אֹבֹת Oboth
33:43. profectique de Phinon castrametati sunt in Oboth
And departing from Phunon, they camped in Oboth.
33:43. And setting out from Punon, they were encamped at Oboth.
33:43. And they departed from Punon, and pitched in Oboth.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:43: Oboth - Mentioned before, Num 21:10.
Stat. 37.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:43: pitched in Oboth: Num 21:10
33:4433:44: Չուեցին յՈբովթայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Գայի՝ յա՛յն կոյս սահմանացն Մովաբու։
44 Մեկնեցին Օբոթից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Գայիում՝ Յորդանան գետի այն կողմը, Մովաբի սահմաններում:
44 Եւ Ոբովթէն չուելով Մովաբի սահմանին մէջ եղող Իյէ–Աբարիմ իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին յՈբովթայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Գայի` յայնկոյս սահմանացն Մովաբու:

33:44: Չուեցին յՈբովթայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Գայի՝ յա՛յն կոյս սահմանացն Մովաբու։
44 Մեկնեցին Օբոթից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Գայիում՝ Յորդանան գետի այն կողմը, Մովաբի սահմաններում:
44 Եւ Ոբովթէն չուելով Մովաբի սահմանին մէջ եղող Իյէ–Աբարիմ իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:4444: И отправились из Овофа и расположились станом в Ийм-Авариме, на пределах Моава.
33:44 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐξ εκ from; out of Ωβωθ ωβωθ and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐν εν in Γαι γαι in τῷ ο the πέραν περαν on the other side ἐπὶ επι in; on τῶν ο the ὁρίων οριον frontier Μωαβ μωαβ Mōab; Moav
33:44 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from אֹבֹ֑ת ʔōvˈōṯ אֹבֹת Oboth וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֛וּ yyaḥᵃnˈû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עִיֵּ֥י הָעֲבָרִ֖ים ʕiyyˌê hāʕᵃvārˌîm עִיֵּי הָעֲבָרִים Iye Abarim בִּ bi בְּ in גְב֥וּל ḡᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary מֹואָֽב׃ môʔˈāv מֹואָב Moab
33:44. et de Oboth venerunt in Ieabarim quae est in finibus MoabitarumAnd from Oboth they came to Ijeabarim, which is in the borders of the Moabites.
44. And they journeyed from Oboth, and pitched in Iye-abarim, in the border of Moab.
33:44. And from Oboth, they went to Iye-abarim, which is at the borders of the Moabites.
33:44. And they departed from Oboth, and pitched in Ijeabarim, in the border of Moab.
And they departed from Oboth, and pitched in Ije- abarim, in the border of Moab:

44: И отправились из Овофа и расположились станом в Ийм-Авариме, на пределах Моава.
33:44
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐξ εκ from; out of
Ωβωθ ωβωθ and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐν εν in
Γαι γαι in
τῷ ο the
πέραν περαν on the other side
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῶν ο the
ὁρίων οριον frontier
Μωαβ μωαβ Mōab; Moav
33:44
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
אֹבֹ֑ת ʔōvˈōṯ אֹבֹת Oboth
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֛וּ yyaḥᵃnˈû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עִיֵּ֥י הָעֲבָרִ֖ים ʕiyyˌê hāʕᵃvārˌîm עִיֵּי הָעֲבָרִים Iye Abarim
בִּ bi בְּ in
גְב֥וּל ḡᵊvˌûl גְּבוּל boundary
מֹואָֽב׃ môʔˈāv מֹואָב Moab
33:44. et de Oboth venerunt in Ieabarim quae est in finibus Moabitarum
And from Oboth they came to Ijeabarim, which is in the borders of the Moabites.
33:44. And from Oboth, they went to Iye-abarim, which is at the borders of the Moabites.
33:44. And they departed from Oboth, and pitched in Ijeabarim, in the border of Moab.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:44: Ije-abarim - The heaps of Abarim. See Num 21:11. Situation uncertain. It is called Iim in the following verse. As the word signifies heaps or protuberances, it probably means tumuil or small hills near some of the fords of Jordan.
Stat. 38.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:44: Ijeabarim: or, heaps of Abarim, Num 21:11
33:4533:45: Չուեցին ՚ի Գայեայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Դէմոնգադ։
45 Մեկնեցին Գայիից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Դեմոնգադում:
45 Եւ Իյէ–Աբարիմէն չուելով Դեբոն–Գադ իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Գայեայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Դեմոնգադ:

33:45: Չուեցին ՚ի Գայեայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Դէմոնգադ։
45 Մեկնեցին Գայիից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Դեմոնգադում:
45 Եւ Իյէ–Աբարիմէն չուելով Դեբոն–Գադ իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:4545: И отправились из Ийма и расположились станом в Дивон-Гаде.
33:45 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Γαι γαι and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose εἰς εις into; for Δαιβων δαιβων Gad; Gath
33:45 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from עִיִּ֑ים ʕiyyˈîm עִיִּים Iyim וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in דִיבֹ֥ן ḏîvˌōn דִּיבֹן Dibon גָּֽד׃ gˈāḏ גָּד Gad
33:45. profectique de Ieabarim fixere tentoria in DibongadAnd departing from Ijeabarim they pitched their tents in Dibongab.
45. And they journeyed from Iyim, and pitched in Dibon-gad.
33:45. And setting out from Iye-abarim, they fixed their tents at Dibon-gad.
33:45. And they departed from Iim, and pitched in Dibongad.
And they departed from Iim, and pitched in Dibon- gad:

45: И отправились из Ийма и расположились станом в Дивон-Гаде.
33:45
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Γαι γαι and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
εἰς εις into; for
Δαιβων δαιβων Gad; Gath
33:45
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
עִיִּ֑ים ʕiyyˈîm עִיִּים Iyim
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
דִיבֹ֥ן ḏîvˌōn דִּיבֹן Dibon
גָּֽד׃ gˈāḏ גָּד Gad
33:45. profectique de Ieabarim fixere tentoria in Dibongad
And departing from Ijeabarim they pitched their tents in Dibongab.
33:45. And setting out from Iye-abarim, they fixed their tents at Dibon-gad.
33:45. And they departed from Iim, and pitched in Dibongad.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:45: Dibon-gad - Supposed to be the same as Dibon, Num 32:34, and to be situated on the brook Arnon.
Stat. 39.
John Gill
33:45 And they departed from Ijim, and pitched in Dibongad. Sixteen miles from Ijim; the remove from whence is said to be to the valley of Zared, Num 21:12 in which Dibongad was, so called perhaps because rebuilt by Gad afterwards.
33:4633:46: Չուեցին ՚ի Դէմոնգադայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Գեղմոնդէբղաթէմ։
46 Մեկնեցին Դեմոնգադից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Գեղմոնդեբղաթէմում:
46 Ու Դեբոն–Գադէն չուելով Գելմոն–Դէբլաթէմ իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Դեմոնգադայ, եւ բանակեցան ի Գեղմոնդեբղաթէմ:

33:46: Չուեցին ՚ի Դէմոնգադայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Գեղմոնդէբղաթէմ։
46 Մեկնեցին Դեմոնգադից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Գեղմոնդեբղաթէմում:
46 Ու Դեբոն–Գադէն չուելով Գելմոն–Դէբլաթէմ իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:4646: И отправились из Дивон-Гада и расположились станом в Алмон--Дивлафаиме.
33:46 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Δαιβων δαιβων Gad; Gath καὶ και and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐν εν in Γελμων γελμων Deblathaim; Thevlathem
33:46 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מִ mi מִן from דִּיבֹ֣ן ddîvˈōn דִּיבֹן Dibon גָּ֑ד gˈāḏ גָּד Gad וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עַלְמֹ֥ן דִּבְלָתָֽיְמָה׃ ʕalmˌōn divlāṯˈāyᵊmā עַלְמֹון דִּבְלָתָיְמָה Almon Diblathaim
33:46. unde egressi castrametati sunt in ElmondeblathaimFrom thence they went and camped in Helmondeblathaim.
46. And they journeyed from Dibon-gad, and pitched in Almon-diblathaim.
33:46. Departing from there, they made camp at Almon-diblathaim.
33:46. And they removed from Dibongad, and encamped in Almondiblathaim.
And they removed from Dibon- gad, and encamped in Almon- diblathaim:

46: И отправились из Дивон-Гада и расположились станом в Алмон--Дивлафаиме.
33:46
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Δαιβων δαιβων Gad; Gath
καὶ και and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐν εν in
Γελμων γελμων Deblathaim; Thevlathem
33:46
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מִ mi מִן from
דִּיבֹ֣ן ddîvˈōn דִּיבֹן Dibon
גָּ֑ד gˈāḏ גָּד Gad
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֖וּ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עַלְמֹ֥ן דִּבְלָתָֽיְמָה׃ ʕalmˌōn divlāṯˈāyᵊmā עַלְמֹון דִּבְלָתָיְמָה Almon Diblathaim
33:46. unde egressi castrametati sunt in Elmondeblathaim
From thence they went and camped in Helmondeblathaim.
33:46. Departing from there, they made camp at Almon-diblathaim.
33:46. And they removed from Dibongad, and encamped in Almondiblathaim.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:46: Almon-diblathaim - Situation not known. It belonged to the Moabites in the time of the prophet Jeremiah. Jer 48:22.
Stat. 40.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:46: Dibongad: Num 32:34; Isa 15:2; Jer 48:18
Almondiblathaim: Jer 48:22, Beth-diblathaim, Eze 6:14, Diblath
John Gill
33:46 And they removed from Dibongad, and encamped in Almondiblathaim. Sixteen miles from Dibon, perhaps the same with Diblath, Ezek 6:14, according to the account in Num 21:16, &c. they went from hence to Beer, a place where they found a well, which gave it this name; and several other removes are mentioned there, which are not here, and which, perhaps, were small removes, and not properly stations.
33:4733:47: Չուեցին ՚ի Գեղմոնդէբղաթեմայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի լերինն Սաբարիմ յանդիման Նաբաւայ[1578]։ [1578] Ոսկան. Եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Սաբարիմ։
47 Մեկնեցին Գեղմոնդեբղաթէմից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Աբարիմ լեռների վրայ՝ Նաբաւի դիմաց:
47 Ու Գելմոն–Դէբլաթէմէն չուելով Նաբաւի առջեւ Աբարիմի լեռները իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի Գեղմոնդեբղաթեմայ, եւ բանակեցան ի լերինսն Աբարիմ յանդիման Նաբաւայ:

33:47: Չուեցին ՚ի Գեղմոնդէբղաթեմայ, եւ բանակեցան ՚ի լերինն Սաբարիմ յանդիման Նաբաւայ[1578]։
[1578] Ոսկան. Եւ բանակեցան ՚ի Սաբարիմ։
47 Մեկնեցին Գեղմոնդեբղաթէմից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Աբարիմ լեռների վրայ՝ Նաբաւի դիմաց:
47 Ու Գելմոն–Դէբլաթէմէն չուելով Նաբաւի առջեւ Աբարիմի լեռները իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:4747: И отправились из Алмон-Дивлафаима и расположились станом на горах Аваримских пред Нево.
33:47 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἐκ εκ from; out of Γελμων γελμων and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐπὶ επι in; on τὰ ο the ὄρη ορος mountain; mount τὰ ο the Αβαριμ αβαριμ before; contrary Ναβαυ ναβαυ Nabau; Navav
33:47 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from עַלְמֹ֣ן דִּבְלָתָ֑יְמָה ʕalmˈōn divlāṯˈāyᵊmā עַלְמֹון דִּבְלָתָיְמָה Almon Diblathaim וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנ֛וּ yyaḥᵃnˈû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in הָרֵ֥י hārˌê הַר mountain הָ hā הַ the עֲבָרִ֖ים ʕᵃvārˌîm עֲבָרִים Abarim לִ li לְ to פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face נְבֹֽו׃ nᵊvˈô נְבֹו [mountain]
33:47. egressi de Elmondeblathaim venerunt ad montes Abarim contra NaboAnd departing from Helmondeblathaim, they came to the mountains of Abarim over against Nabo.
47. And they journeyed from Almon-diblathaim, and pitched in the mountains of Abarim, before Nebo.
33:47. And departing from Almon-diblathaim, they went to the mountains of Abarim, opposite Nebo.
33:47. And they removed from Almondiblathaim, and pitched in the mountains of Abarim, before Nebo.
And they removed from Almon- diblathaim, and pitched in the mountains of Abarim, before Nebo:

47: И отправились из Алмон-Дивлафаима и расположились станом на горах Аваримских пред Нево.
33:47
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἐκ εκ from; out of
Γελμων γελμων and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὰ ο the
ὄρη ορος mountain; mount
τὰ ο the
Αβαριμ αβαριμ before; contrary
Ναβαυ ναβαυ Nabau; Navav
33:47
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
עַלְמֹ֣ן דִּבְלָתָ֑יְמָה ʕalmˈōn divlāṯˈāyᵊmā עַלְמֹון דִּבְלָתָיְמָה Almon Diblathaim
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֛וּ yyaḥᵃnˈû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
הָרֵ֥י hārˌê הַר mountain
הָ הַ the
עֲבָרִ֖ים ʕᵃvārˌîm עֲבָרִים Abarim
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵ֥י fᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
נְבֹֽו׃ nᵊvˈô נְבֹו [mountain]
33:47. egressi de Elmondeblathaim venerunt ad montes Abarim contra Nabo
And departing from Helmondeblathaim, they came to the mountains of Abarim over against Nabo.
33:47. And departing from Almon-diblathaim, they went to the mountains of Abarim, opposite Nebo.
33:47. And they removed from Almondiblathaim, and pitched in the mountains of Abarim, before Nebo.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:47: Mountains of Abarim, before Nebo - The mountain on which Moses died. They came to this place after the overthrow of the Amorites. See Numbers 21.
Stat. 41.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:47: the mountains: These mountains were a ridge of rugged hills east of Jordan, and north and west of the Arnon. Nebo, Pisgah, and Peor, were but different names of the hills of which they were composed. Eusebius and Jerome inform us, that some part of them, as one went up to Heshbon, retained the old name of Abarim in their time; and that the part called Nebo was opposite Jericho, not far from the Jordan, six miles west from Heshbon, and seven east from Livias. Dr. Shaw describes them as "an exceeding high ridge of desolate mountains, no otherwise diversified than by a succession of naked rocks and precipices; rendered in some places the more frightful by a multiplicity of torrents, which fall on each side of them. This ridge is continued all along the eastern coast of the Dead sea." Mount Nebo is now called Djebel Attarous; and is described as a barren mountain, the highest point in the neighbourhood, with an uneven plain on the top. Burckhardt, Travels, pp. 369, 370. Num 21:20; Deu 32:49, Deu 34:1
John Gill
33:47 And they removed from Almondiblathaim, and pitched in the mountains of Abarim,.... Sixteen miles from Almondiblathaim; these were so called from passages near them over the river Jordan: and this station was pitched
before Nebo; one of those mountains, whither Moses went up and died.
33:4833:48: Չուեցին ՚ի լերանցն Նաբաւայ, եւ բանակեցան յարեւմտից Մովաբու առ Յորդանանաւ յանդիման Երեքոյի։
48 Մեկնեցին Աբարիմի լեռներից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Մովաբացիների երկրից արեւմուտք, Յորդանան գետի մօտ, Երիքովի դիմաց:
48 Եւ Աբարիմի լեռներէն չուելով Երիքովի դէմ Յորդանանի մօտ՝ Մովաբի դաշտերուն մէջ իջեւան ըրին։
Չուեցին ի լերանցն Աբարիմայ, եւ բանակեցան [542]յարեւմտից Մովաբու առ Յորդանանաւ յանդիման Երիքովի:

33:48: Չուեցին ՚ի լերանցն Նաբաւայ, եւ բանակեցան յարեւմտից Մովաբու առ Յորդանանաւ յանդիման Երեքոյի։
48 Մեկնեցին Աբարիմի լեռներից եւ բանակատեղի դրեցին Մովաբացիների երկրից արեւմուտք, Յորդանան գետի մօտ, Երիքովի դիմաց:
48 Եւ Աբարիմի լեռներէն չուելով Երիքովի դէմ Յորդանանի մօտ՝ Մովաբի դաշտերուն մէջ իջեւան ըրին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:4848: И отправились от гор Аваримских и расположились станом на равнинах Моавитских у Иордана, против Иерихона;
33:48 καὶ και and; even ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away ἀπὸ απο from; away ὀρέων ορος mountain; mount Αβαριμ αβαριμ and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose ἐπὶ επι in; on δυσμῶν δυσμη sunset; west Μωαβ μωαβ in; on τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis κατὰ κατα down; by Ιεριχω ιεριχω Hierichō; Ierikho
33:48 וַ wa וְ and יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out מֵ mē מִן from הָרֵ֣י hārˈê הַר mountain הָ hā הַ the עֲבָרִ֑ים ʕᵃvārˈîm עֲבָרִים Abarim וַֽ wˈa וְ and יַּחֲנוּ֙ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עַֽרְבֹ֣ת ʕˈarᵊvˈōṯ עֲרָבָה desert מֹואָ֔ב môʔˈāv מֹואָב Moab עַ֖ל ʕˌal עַל upon יַרְדֵּ֥ן yardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan יְרֵחֹֽו׃ yᵊrēḥˈô יְרִיחֹוֿ יְרִחֹו Jericho
33:48. profectique de montibus Abarim transierunt ad campestria Moab super Iordanem contra HierichoAnd departing from the mountains of Abarim, they passed to the plains of Moab, by the Jordan, over against Jericho.
48. And they journeyed from the mountains of Abarim, and pitched in the plains of Moab by the Jordan at Jericho.
33:48. And setting out from the mountains of Abarim, they crossed over to the plains of Moab, above the Jordan, opposite Jericho.
33:48. And they departed from the mountains of Abarim, and pitched in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho.
And they departed from the mountains of Abarim, and pitched in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho:

48: И отправились от гор Аваримских и расположились станом на равнинах Моавитских у Иордана, против Иерихона;
33:48
καὶ και and; even
ἀπῆραν απαιρω remove; take away
ἀπὸ απο from; away
ὀρέων ορος mountain; mount
Αβαριμ αβαριμ and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
ἐπὶ επι in; on
δυσμῶν δυσμη sunset; west
Μωαβ μωαβ in; on
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
κατὰ κατα down; by
Ιεριχω ιεριχω Hierichō; Ierikho
33:48
וַ wa וְ and
יִּסְע֖וּ yyisʕˌû נסע pull out
מֵ מִן from
הָרֵ֣י hārˈê הַר mountain
הָ הַ the
עֲבָרִ֑ים ʕᵃvārˈîm עֲבָרִים Abarim
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יַּחֲנוּ֙ yyaḥᵃnˌû חנה encamp
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עַֽרְבֹ֣ת ʕˈarᵊvˈōṯ עֲרָבָה desert
מֹואָ֔ב môʔˈāv מֹואָב Moab
עַ֖ל ʕˌal עַל upon
יַרְדֵּ֥ן yardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
יְרֵחֹֽו׃ yᵊrēḥˈô יְרִיחֹוֿ יְרִחֹו Jericho
33:48. profectique de montibus Abarim transierunt ad campestria Moab super Iordanem contra Hiericho
And departing from the mountains of Abarim, they passed to the plains of Moab, by the Jordan, over against Jericho.
33:48. And setting out from the mountains of Abarim, they crossed over to the plains of Moab, above the Jordan, opposite Jericho.
33:48. And they departed from the mountains of Abarim, and pitched in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:48: The Plains of Moab - This was the scene of the transactions between Balaam and Balak; see Numbers 23, 24, 25.
Stat. 42.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:48: in the plains: Num 22:1
John Gill
33:48 And they departed from the mountains of Abarim, and pitched in the plains of Moab,.... Sixteen miles from Abarim, where all those things were transacted, which make the history of Balak and Balaam, Num 22:1 and where the Israelites now were by Jordan near Jericho; not on that side Jordan where Jericho stood, but on the other; Jericho, according to Eusebius, was ten miles from Bethjesimoth, where Israel now were, as follows.
John Wesley
33:48 Shittim - The place where the people sinned in the matter of Peor, is here called Abel - Shittim - Abel signifies mourning; and probably this place was so called, from the mourning of Israel for that sin, and the heavy punishment inflicted on the sinners.
33:4933:49: Եւ բանակեցան զՅորդանանաւ ՚ի մէջ Եսիմովթայ. մինչեւ ցՄեղսատով յարեւմտից Մովաբու[1579]։[1579] Ոմանք. ԶՅորդանանու ՚ի մէջ Եսեմովթայ։
49 Նրանք բանակատեղի դրեցին Յորդանան գետի մօտ, Եսիմոթում, որ ձգւում էր մինչեւ Մեղսատով՝ Մովաբացիների երկրից արեւմուտք:
49 Ուստի անոնք Յորդանանի մօտ Մովաբի դաշտերուն մէջ իջեւան ըրին՝ Բեթեսիմօթէն մինչեւ Աբէլսատիմ։
Եւ բանակեցան զՅորդանանաւ [543]ի մէջ Եսիմովթայ``, մինչեւ ցԱբեղսատով [544]յարեւմտից Մովաբու:

33:49: Եւ բանակեցան զՅորդանանաւ ՚ի մէջ Եսիմովթայ. մինչեւ ցՄեղսատով յարեւմտից Մովաբու[1579]։
[1579] Ոմանք. ԶՅորդանանու ՚ի մէջ Եսեմովթայ։
49 Նրանք բանակատեղի դրեցին Յորդանան գետի մօտ, Եսիմոթում, որ ձգւում էր մինչեւ Մեղսատով՝ Մովաբացիների երկրից արեւմուտք:
49 Ուստի անոնք Յորդանանի մօտ Մովաբի դաշտերուն մէջ իջեւան ըրին՝ Բեթեսիմօթէն մինչեւ Աբէլսատիմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:4949: они расположились станом у Иордана от Беф-Иешимофа до Аве--Ситтима на равнинах Моавитских.
33:49 καὶ και and; even παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose παρὰ παρα from; by τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle Αισιμωθ αισιμωθ till; until Βελσαττιμ βελσαττιμ down; by δυσμὰς δυσμη sunset; west Μωαβ μωαβ Mōab; Moav
33:49 וַ wa וְ and יַּחֲנ֤וּ yyaḥᵃnˈû חנה encamp עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּן֙ yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan מִ mi מִן from בֵּ֣ית הַיְשִׁמֹ֔ת bbˈêṯ hayšimˈōṯ בֵּית הַיְשִׁמֹות Beth Jeshimoth עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto אָבֵ֣ל הַשִּׁטִּ֑ים ʔāvˈēl haššiṭṭˈîm אָבֵל הַשִּׁטִּים Abel Shittim בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עַֽרְבֹ֖ת ʕˈarᵊvˌōṯ עֲרָבָה desert מֹואָֽב׃ ס môʔˈāv . s מֹואָב Moab
33:49. ibique castrametati sunt de Bethsimon usque ad Belsattim in planioribus locis MoabitarumAnd there they camped from Bethsimoth even to Ablesatim in the plains of the Moabites,
49. And they pitched by Jordan, from Beth-jeshimoth even unto Abel-shittim in the plains of Moab.
33:49. And they made camp there, from Beth-jeshimoth all the way to Abel-shittim, in the level places of the Moabites,
33:49. And they pitched by Jordan, from Bethjesimoth [even] unto Abelshittim in the plains of Moab.
And they pitched by Jordan, from Beth- jesimoth [even] unto Abel- shittim in the plains of Moab:

49: они расположились станом у Иордана от Беф-Иешимофа до Аве--Ситтима на равнинах Моавитских.
33:49
καὶ και and; even
παρενέβαλον παρεμβαλλω insert against; interpose
παρὰ παρα from; by
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ἀνὰ ανα.1 up; each
μέσον μεσος in the midst; in the middle
Αισιμωθ αισιμωθ till; until
Βελσαττιμ βελσαττιμ down; by
δυσμὰς δυσμη sunset; west
Μωαβ μωαβ Mōab; Moav
33:49
וַ wa וְ and
יַּחֲנ֤וּ yyaḥᵃnˈû חנה encamp
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּן֙ yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
מִ mi מִן from
בֵּ֣ית הַיְשִׁמֹ֔ת bbˈêṯ hayšimˈōṯ בֵּית הַיְשִׁמֹות Beth Jeshimoth
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
אָבֵ֣ל הַשִּׁטִּ֑ים ʔāvˈēl haššiṭṭˈîm אָבֵל הַשִּׁטִּים Abel Shittim
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עַֽרְבֹ֖ת ʕˈarᵊvˌōṯ עֲרָבָה desert
מֹואָֽב׃ ס môʔˈāv . s מֹואָב Moab
33:49. ibique castrametati sunt de Bethsimon usque ad Belsattim in planioribus locis Moabitarum
And there they camped from Bethsimoth even to Ablesatim in the plains of the Moabites,
33:49. And they made camp there, from Beth-jeshimoth all the way to Abel-shittim, in the level places of the Moabites,
33:49. And they pitched by Jordan, from Bethjesimoth [even] unto Abelshittim in the plains of Moab.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:49: From Beth-jesimoth even unto Abel-shittim - The former of these places fell to the Reubenites, Jos 13:15-20. The Israelites were now come to the edge of Jordan, over against Jericho, where they afterwards passed.
For further information on the subject of these different encampments, the reader is requested to refer to the extracts from Dr. Shaw at the end of the book of Exodus.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:49: Bethjesimoth: Probably the place called Bethsimath by Eusebius, east of Jordan, and about ten miles south of Jericho. Jos 13:20; Eze 25:9
Abelshittim: or, the plains of Shittim, This place, according to Josephus (Ant. 1. v. c. 1, 1. Bell. 1. iv. c. 7 sec. 6), who calls it Abila, was 60 furlongs east of Jordan. Num 25:1-9; Exo 25:5, Exo 25:10, Exo 25:23; Jos 2:1
John Gill
33:49 And they pitched by Jordan from Bethjesimoth, even unto Abelshittim, in the plains of Moab. Their camp reached twelve miles, as the Jews commonly say, which we may suppose was the distance of these two places, which were both in the plains of Moab; and the Jerusalem Targum is express for it, for mentioning Israel's encampment from Bethjesimoth to Abelshittim, it asks, how far is that? twelve miles: the latter is sometimes called Shittim, from the shittim wood which grew there, Num 25:1 and here it has the addition of Abel to it, to signify mourning, from the mourning of the children of Israel on account of the plague, in which 24,000 persons died, Num 25:1.
33:5033:50: Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի յարեւմտից Մովաբու առ Յորդանանաւ յանդիման Երեքոյի՝ եւ ասէ[1580]. [1580] Ոմանք. Յարեւմուտս Մովաբու առ Յորդանանու։
50 Տէրը Մովաբացիների երկրի արեւմտեան մասում, Յորդանան գետի մօտ, Երիքովի դիմաց, խօսեց Մովսէսի հետ եւ ասաց.
50 Տէրը Մովաբի դաշտերուն մէջ Երիքովի դէմ Յորդանանի մօտ խօսեցաւ Մովսէսին՝ ըսելով.
Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի [545]յարեւմտից Մովաբու առ Յորդանանաւ յանդիման Երիքովի, եւ ասէ:

33:50: Եւ խօսեցաւ Տէր ընդ Մովսիսի յարեւմտից Մովաբու առ Յորդանանաւ յանդիման Երեքոյի՝ եւ ասէ[1580].
[1580] Ոմանք. Յարեւմուտս Մովաբու առ Յորդանանու։
50 Տէրը Մովաբացիների երկրի արեւմտեան մասում, Յորդանան գետի մօտ, Երիքովի դիմաց, խօսեց Մովսէսի հետ եւ ասաց.
50 Տէրը Մովաբի դաշտերուն մէջ Երիքովի դէմ Յորդանանի մօտ խօսեցաւ Մովսէսին՝ ըսելով.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:5050: И сказал Господь Моисею на равнинах Моавитских у Иордана, против Иерихона, говоря:
33:50 καὶ και and; even ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs ἐπὶ επι in; on δυσμῶν δυσμη sunset; west Μωαβ μωαβ from; by τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis κατὰ κατα down; by Ιεριχω ιεριχω Hierichō; Ierikho λέγων λεγω tell; declare
33:50 וַ wa וְ and יְדַבֵּ֧ר yᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עַֽרְבֹ֣ת ʕˈarᵊvˈōṯ עֲרָבָה desert מֹואָ֑ב môʔˈāv מֹואָב Moab עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon יַרְדֵּ֥ן yardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan יְרֵחֹ֖ו yᵊrēḥˌô יְרִיחֹוֿ יְרִחֹו Jericho לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
33:50. ubi locutus est Dominus ad MosenWhere the Lord said to Moses:
50. And the LORD spake unto Moses in the plains of Moab by the Jordan at Jericho, saying,
33:50. where the Lord said to Moses:
33:50. And the LORD spake unto Moses in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho, saying,
And the LORD spake unto Moses in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho, saying:

50: И сказал Господь Моисею на равнинах Моавитских у Иордана, против Иерихона, говоря:
33:50
καὶ και and; even
ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
Μωυσῆν μωσευς Mōseus; Mosefs
ἐπὶ επι in; on
δυσμῶν δυσμη sunset; west
Μωαβ μωαβ from; by
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
κατὰ κατα down; by
Ιεριχω ιεριχω Hierichō; Ierikho
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
33:50
וַ wa וְ and
יְדַבֵּ֧ר yᵊḏabbˈēr דבר speak
יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מֹשֶׁ֖ה mōšˌeh מֹשֶׁה Moses
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עַֽרְבֹ֣ת ʕˈarᵊvˈōṯ עֲרָבָה desert
מֹואָ֑ב môʔˈāv מֹואָב Moab
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
יַרְדֵּ֥ן yardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
יְרֵחֹ֖ו yᵊrēḥˌô יְרִיחֹוֿ יְרִחֹו Jericho
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
33:50. ubi locutus est Dominus ad Mosen
Where the Lord said to Moses:
33:50. where the Lord said to Moses:
33:50. And the LORD spake unto Moses in the plains of Moab by Jordan [near] Jericho, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
50-52: и 55–56. При заметной склонности Израиля к сенсуализму в религии и его пылком темпераменте и отзывчивом на чувственные удовольствия, соседство язычников-хананеев с их культом в честь Ваала-Астарты, не должно быть желательным для избранного народа.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
50:The Canaanites Doomed.B. C. 1452.
50 And the LORD spake unto Moses in the plains of Moab by Jordan near Jericho, saying, 51 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye are passed over Jordan into the land of Canaan; 52 Then ye shall drive out all the inhabitants of the land from before you, and destroy all their pictures, and destroy all their molten images, and quite pluck down all their high places: 53 And ye shall dispossess the inhabitants of the land, and dwell therein: for I have given you the land to possess it. 54 And ye shall divide the land by lot for an inheritance among your families: and to the more ye shall give the more inheritance, and to the fewer ye shall give the less inheritance: every man's inheritance shall be in the place where his lot falleth; according to the tribes of your fathers ye shall inherit. 55 But if ye will not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you; then it shall come to pass, that those which ye let remain of them shall be pricks in your eyes, and thorns in your sides, and shall vex you in the land wherein ye dwell. 56 Moreover it shall come to pass, that I shall do unto you, as I thought to do unto them.
While the children of Israel were in the wilderness their total separation from all other people kept them out of the way of temptation to idolatry, and perhaps this was one thing intended by their long confinement in the wilderness, that thereby the idols of Egypt might be forgotten, and the people aired (as it were) and purified from that infection, and the generation that entered Canaan might be such as never knew those depths of Satan. But now that they were to pass over Jordan they were entering again into that temptation, and therefore, 1. They are here strictly charged utterly to destroy all remnants of idolatry. They must not only drive out the inhabitants of the land, that they may possess their country, but they must deface all their idolatrous pictures and images, and pull down all their high places, v. 52. They must not preserve any of them, no, not as monuments of antiquity to gratify the curious, nor as ornaments of their houses, nor toys for their children to play with, but they must destroy all, both in token of their abhorrence and detestation of idolatry and to prevent their being tempted to worship those images, and the false gods represented by them, or to worship the God of Israel by such images or representations. 2. They were assured that, if they did so, God would by degrees put them in full possession of the land of promise, v. 53, 54. If they would keep themselves pure from the idols of Canaan, God would enrich them with the wealth of Canaan. Learn not their way, and then fear not their power. 3. They were threatened that, if they spared either the idols or the idolaters, they should be beaten with their own rod and their sin would certainly be their punishment. (1.) They would foster snakes in their own bosoms, v. 55. The remnant of the Canaanites, if they made any league with them, though it were but a cessation of arms, would be pricks in their eyes and thorns in their sides, that is, they would be upon all occasions vexatious to them, insulting them, robbing them, and, to the utmost of their power, making mischief among them. We must expect trouble and affliction from that, whatever it is, which we sinfully indulge; that which we are willing should tempt us we shall find will vex us. (2.) The righteous God would turn that wheel upon the Israelites which was to have crushed the Canaanites: I shall do to you as I thought to do unto them, v. 56. It was intended that the Canaanites should be dispossessed; but if the Israelites fell in with them, and learned their way, they should be dispossessed, for God's displeasure would justly be greater against them than against the Canaanites themselves. Let us hear this, and fear. If we do not drive sin out, sin will drive us out; if we be not the death of our lusts, our lusts will be the death of our souls.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
33:50: The expulsion of the Canaanites and the destruction of their monuments of idolatry had been already enjoined (see the marginal references); and Num 33:54 is substantially a repetition from Exo. 26:53-55. But the solemn warning of Num 33:55-56 is new. A call for it had been furnished by their past transgressions in the matter of Baal-peor, and by their imperfect fulfillment, at the first, of Moses' orders in the Midianite war.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:50: Num 33:48, Num 33:49
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
33:50
These instructions, with which the eyes of the Israelites were directed to the end of all their wandering, viz., the possession of the promised land, are arranged in two sections by longer introductory formulas (Num 33:50 and Num 35:1). The former contains the divine commands (a) with regard to the extermination of the Canaanites and their idolatry, and the division of the land among the tribes of Israel (Num 33:50-56); (b) concerning the boundaries of Canaan (Num 34:1-15); (c) concerning the men who were to divide the land (Num 34:16-29). The second contains commands (a) respecting the towns to be given up to the Levites (Num 35:1-8); (b) as to the setting apart of cities of refuge for unintentional manslayers, and the course to be adopted in relation to such manslayers (Num 35:9-34); and (c) a law concerning the marrying of heiresses within their own tribes (Num 36:1-13). - The careful dovetailing of all these legal regulations by separate introductory formulas, is a distinct proof that the section Num 33:50-56 is not to be regarded, as Baumgarten, Knobel, and others suppose, in accordance with the traditional division of the chapters, as an appendix or admonitory conclusion to the list of stations, but as the general legal foundation for the more minute instructions in Num 34-36.
Num 33:50-56
Command to Exterminate the Canaanites, and Divide their Land among the Families of Israel.
Num 33:51-53
When the Israelites passed through the Jordan into the land of Canaan, they were to exterminate all the inhabitants of the land, and to destroy all the memorials of their idolatry; to take possession of the land and well therein, for Jehovah had given it to them for a possession. הורישׁ, to take possession of (Num 33:53, etc.), then to drive out of their possession, to exterminate (Num 33:52; cf. Num 14:12, etc.). On Num 33:52, see Ex 34:13. משׂכּית, an idol of stone (cf. Lev 26:1). מסּכת צלמי, idols cast from brass. Massecah, see at Ex 32:4. Bamoth, altars of the Canaanites upon high places (see Lev 26:30).
Num 33:54-56
The command to divide the land by lot among the families is partly a verbal repetition of Num 26:53-56. וגו לו יצא אל־אשׁר: literally, "into that, whither the lot comes out to him, shall be to him" (i.e., to each family); in other words, it is to receive that portion of land to which the lot that comes out of the urn shall point it. "According to the tribes of your fathers:" see at Num 26:55. - The command closes in Num 33:55, Num 33:56, with the threat, that if they did not exterminate the Canaanites, not only would such as were left become "thorns in their eyes and stings in their sides," i.e., inflict the most painful injuries upon them, and make war upon them in the land; but Jehovah would also do the very same things to the Israelites that He had intended to do to the Canaanites, i.e., drive them out of the land and destroy them. This threat is repeated by Joshua in his last address to the assembled congregation (Josh 23:13).
John Gill
33:50 And the Lord spake unto Moses in the plains of Moab by Jordan, near Jericho,.... See Gill on Num 33:48; see Gill on Num 22:1,
saying; as follows.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:50 ye shall drive out all the inhabitants of the land from before you--not, however, by expulsion, but extermination (Deut 7:1).
and destroy all their pictures--obelisks for idolatrous worship (see on Lev 26:1).
and destroy all their molten images, and quite pluck down all their high places--by metonymy for all their groves and altars, and materials of worship on the tops of hills.
33:5133:51: Խօսեա՛ց ընդ որդիսդ Իսրայէլի՝ եւ ասասցես ցդոսա. Դուք ահաւադիկ անցանէ՛ք ընդ Յորդանան յերկրին Քանանացւոց[1581]. [1581] Այլք. Յերկիրն Քանանացւոց։
51 «Դիմի՛ր իսրայէլացիներին եւ ասա՛ նրանց. “Ահա դուք Յորդանան գետով անցնում էք Քանանացիների երկիրը:
51 «Իսրայէլի որդիներուն խօսէ՛ ու անոնց ըսէ՛, Երբ Յորդանանէն Քանանացիներուն երկիրը անցնինք,
Խօսեաց ընդ որդիսդ Իսրայելի եւ ասասցես ցդոսա. Դուք ահաւադիկ անցանէք ընդ Յորդանան յերկիրն Քանանացւոց:

33:51: Խօսեա՛ց ընդ որդիսդ Իսրայէլի՝ եւ ասասցես ցդոսա. Դուք ահաւադիկ անցանէ՛ք ընդ Յորդանան յերկրին Քանանացւոց[1581].
[1581] Այլք. Յերկիրն Քանանացւոց։
51 «Դիմի՛ր իսրայէլացիներին եւ ասա՛ նրանց. “Ահա դուք Յորդանան գետով անցնում էք Քանանացիների երկիրը:
51 «Իսրայէլի որդիներուն խօսէ՛ ու անոնց ըսէ՛, Երբ Յորդանանէն Քանանացիներուն երկիրը անցնինք,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:5151: объяви сынам Израилевым и скажи им: когда перейдете через Иордан в землю Ханаанскую,
33:51 λάλησον λαλεω talk; speak τοῖς ο the υἱοῖς υιος son Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel καὶ και and; even ἐρεῖς ερεω.1 state; mentioned πρὸς προς to; toward αὐτούς αυτος he; him ὑμεῖς υμεις you διαβαίνετε διαβαινω step through; go across τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis εἰς εις into; for γῆν γη earth; land Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
33:51 דַּבֵּר֙ dabbˌēr דבר speak אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel וְ wᵊ וְ and אָמַרְתָּ֖ ʔāmartˌā אמר say אֲלֵהֶ֑ם ʔᵃlēhˈem אֶל to כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that אַתֶּ֛ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you עֹבְרִ֥ים ʕōvᵊrˌîm עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth כְּנָֽעַן׃ kᵊnˈāʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan
33:51. praecipe filiis Israhel et dic ad eos quando transieritis Iordanem intrantes terram ChanaanCommand the children of Israel, and say to them: When you shall have passed over the Jordan, entering into the land of Chanaan,
51. Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye pass over Jordan into the land of Canaan,
33:51. “Instruct the sons of Israel, and say to them: When you will have crossed over the Jordan, entering into the land of Canaan,
33:51. Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye are passed over Jordan into the land of Canaan;
Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye are passed over Jordan into the land of Canaan:

51: объяви сынам Израилевым и скажи им: когда перейдете через Иордан в землю Ханаанскую,
33:51
λάλησον λαλεω talk; speak
τοῖς ο the
υἱοῖς υιος son
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
καὶ και and; even
ἐρεῖς ερεω.1 state; mentioned
πρὸς προς to; toward
αὐτούς αυτος he; him
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
διαβαίνετε διαβαινω step through; go across
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
εἰς εις into; for
γῆν γη earth; land
Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
33:51
דַּבֵּר֙ dabbˌēr דבר speak
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָמַרְתָּ֖ ʔāmartˌā אמר say
אֲלֵהֶ֑ם ʔᵃlēhˈem אֶל to
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
אַתֶּ֛ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you
עֹבְרִ֥ים ʕōvᵊrˌîm עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֖ן yyardˌēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
כְּנָֽעַן׃ kᵊnˈāʕan כְּנַעַן Canaan
33:51. praecipe filiis Israhel et dic ad eos quando transieritis Iordanem intrantes terram Chanaan
Command the children of Israel, and say to them: When you shall have passed over the Jordan, entering into the land of Chanaan,
33:51. “Instruct the sons of Israel, and say to them: When you will have crossed over the Jordan, entering into the land of Canaan,
33:51. Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye are passed over Jordan into the land of Canaan;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:51: Deu 7:1, Deu 9:1; Jos 3:17
John Gill
33:51 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them,.... What was to be said, being what concerned the whole body of the people:
when ye are passed over Jordan into the land of Canaan; near to which they now were, and Moses was about to leave them; and therefore it was the more necessary to give them some instructions and directions what they should do, when they were come into it.
33:5233:52: եւ կորուսջի՛ք զամենայն բնակիչս երկրին յերեսաց ձերոց. եւ կործանեսջի՛ք զդիտանոցս երկրի նոցա. եւ զամենայն կուռս ձուլածոյս նոցա կորուսջի՛ք. եւ զամենայն զարձանս նոցա՝ բառնայցէ՛ք ՚ի միջոյ[1582]։ [1582] Ոմանք. Կուռս ձուլածոյս նոցա կործանեսջիք։
52 Երկրի բոլոր բնակիչներին կը քշէք ձեր առջեւից, կը կործանէք նրանց կոթողները[46], ձուլածոյ բոլոր կուռքերը, նրանց բոլոր յուշասիւները կը վերացնէք մէջտեղից:[46] 46. Եբրայերէնում՝ պատկերազարդ կոթողները:
52 Այն երկրին բոլոր բնակիչները ձեր առջեւէն վռնտեցէք ու անոնց բոլոր պատկերաւոր կոթողները կործանեցէք եւ անոնց բոլոր թափծու կուռքերը կործանեցէք ու անոնց բոլոր բարձր տեղերը փլցուցէք։
եւ կորուսջիք զամենայն բնակիչս երկրին յերեսաց ձերոց, եւ կործանեսջիք [546]զդիտանոցս երկրի`` նոցա, եւ զամենայն կուռս ձուլածոյս նոցա կորուսջիք, եւ զամենայն զարձանս նոցա բառնայցէք ի միջոյ:

33:52: եւ կորուսջի՛ք զամենայն բնակիչս երկրին յերեսաց ձերոց. եւ կործանեսջի՛ք զդիտանոցս երկրի նոցա. եւ զամենայն կուռս ձուլածոյս նոցա կորուսջի՛ք. եւ զամենայն զարձանս նոցա՝ բառնայցէ՛ք ՚ի միջոյ[1582]։
[1582] Ոմանք. Կուռս ձուլածոյս նոցա կործանեսջիք։
52 Երկրի բոլոր բնակիչներին կը քշէք ձեր առջեւից, կը կործանէք նրանց կոթողները[46], ձուլածոյ բոլոր կուռքերը, նրանց բոլոր յուշասիւները կը վերացնէք մէջտեղից:
[46] 46. Եբրայերէնում՝ պատկերազարդ կոթողները:
52 Այն երկրին բոլոր բնակիչները ձեր առջեւէն վռնտեցէք ու անոնց բոլոր պատկերաւոր կոթողները կործանեցէք եւ անոնց բոլոր թափծու կուռքերը կործանեցէք ու անոնց բոլոր բարձր տեղերը փլցուցէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:5252: то прогоните от себя всех жителей земли и истребите все изображения их, и всех литых идолов их истребите и все высоты их разорите;
33:52 καὶ και and; even ἀπολεῖτε απολλυμι destroy; lose πάντας πας all; every τοὺς ο the κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land πρὸ προ before; ahead of προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even ἐξαρεῖτε εξαιρω lift out / up; remove τὰς ο the σκοπιὰς σκοπια he; him καὶ και and; even πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the εἴδωλα ειδωλον idol τὰ ο the χωνευτὰ χωνευτος he; him ἀπολεῖτε απολλυμι destroy; lose αὐτὰ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the στήλας στηλη he; him ἐξαρεῖτε εξαιρω lift out / up; remove
33:52 וְ wᵊ וְ and הֹ֨ורַשְׁתֶּ֜ם hˌôraštˈem ירשׁ trample down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole יֹשְׁבֵ֤י yōšᵊvˈê ישׁב sit הָ hā הַ the אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִ mi מִן from פְּנֵיכֶ֔ם ppᵊnêḵˈem פָּנֶה face וְ wᵊ וְ and אִ֨בַּדְתֶּ֔ם ʔˌibbaḏtˈem אבד perish אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole מַשְׂכִּיֹּתָ֑ם maśkiyyōṯˈām מַשְׂכִּית figure וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֨ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole צַלְמֵ֤י ṣalmˈê צֶלֶם image מַסֵּֽכֹתָם֙ massˈēḵōṯām מַסֵּכָה molten image תְּאַבֵּ֔דוּ tᵊʔabbˈēḏû אבד perish וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֥ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole בָּמֹתָ֖ם bāmōṯˌām בָּמָה high place תַּשְׁמִֽידוּ׃ tašmˈîḏû שׁמד destroy
33:52. disperdite cunctos habitatores regionis illius confringite titulos et statuas comminuite atque omnia excelsa vastateDestroy all the inhabitants of that land: Beat down their pillars, and break in pieces their statues, and waste all their high places,
52. then ye shall drive out all the inhabitants of the land from before you, and destroy all their figured , and destroy all their molten images, and demolish all their high places:
33:52. destroy all the inhabitants of that land. Break their monuments, and shatter their statues, and lay waste to every exalted thing,
33:52. Then ye shall drive out all the inhabitants of the land from before you, and destroy all their pictures, and destroy all their molten images, and quite pluck down all their high places:
Then ye shall drive out all the inhabitants of the land from before you, and destroy all their pictures, and destroy all their molten images, and quite pluck down all their high places:

52: то прогоните от себя всех жителей земли и истребите все изображения их, и всех литых идолов их истребите и все высоты их разорите;
33:52
καὶ και and; even
ἀπολεῖτε απολλυμι destroy; lose
πάντας πας all; every
τοὺς ο the
κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
πρὸ προ before; ahead of
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
ἐξαρεῖτε εξαιρω lift out / up; remove
τὰς ο the
σκοπιὰς σκοπια he; him
καὶ και and; even
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
εἴδωλα ειδωλον idol
τὰ ο the
χωνευτὰ χωνευτος he; him
ἀπολεῖτε απολλυμι destroy; lose
αὐτὰ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
στήλας στηλη he; him
ἐξαρεῖτε εξαιρω lift out / up; remove
33:52
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֹ֨ורַשְׁתֶּ֜ם hˌôraštˈem ירשׁ trample down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
יֹשְׁבֵ֤י yōšᵊvˈê ישׁב sit
הָ הַ the
אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִ mi מִן from
פְּנֵיכֶ֔ם ppᵊnêḵˈem פָּנֶה face
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִ֨בַּדְתֶּ֔ם ʔˌibbaḏtˈem אבד perish
אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
מַשְׂכִּיֹּתָ֑ם maśkiyyōṯˈām מַשְׂכִּית figure
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֨ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
צַלְמֵ֤י ṣalmˈê צֶלֶם image
מַסֵּֽכֹתָם֙ massˈēḵōṯām מַסֵּכָה molten image
תְּאַבֵּ֔דוּ tᵊʔabbˈēḏû אבד perish
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֥ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
בָּמֹתָ֖ם bāmōṯˌām בָּמָה high place
תַּשְׁמִֽידוּ׃ tašmˈîḏû שׁמד destroy
33:52. disperdite cunctos habitatores regionis illius confringite titulos et statuas comminuite atque omnia excelsa vastate
Destroy all the inhabitants of that land: Beat down their pillars, and break in pieces their statues, and waste all their high places,
33:52. destroy all the inhabitants of that land. Break their monuments, and shatter their statues, and lay waste to every exalted thing,
33:52. Then ye shall drive out all the inhabitants of the land from before you, and destroy all their pictures, and destroy all their molten images, and quite pluck down all their high places:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:52: Ye shall - destroy all their pictures - משכיתם maskiyotham, from שחה sachah, to be like, or resemble, either pictures, carved work, or embroidery, as far as these things were employed to exhibit the abominations of idolatry. Molten images צלמי מסכתם tsalmey massechotham, metallic talismanical figures, made under certain constellations, and supposed in consequence to be possessed of some extraordinary influences and virtues.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:52: Exo 23:24, Exo 23:31-33, Exo 34:12-17; Deu 7:2-5, Deu 7:25, Deu 7:26, Deu 12:2, Deu 12:3, Deu 12:30, Deu 12:31, Deu 20:16-18; Jos 11:11, Jos 11:12, Jos 23:7; Jdg 2:2
Geneva 1599
33:52 Then ye shall drive out all the inhabitants of the land from before you, and destroy all their (e) pictures, and destroy all their molten images, and quite pluck down all their high places:
(e) Which were set up in their high places to worship.
John Gill
33:52 Then ye shall drive out all the inhabitants of the land from before you,.... Not at once, but gradually; and the sense is, that they should use their utmost endeavours wholly to extirpate them:
and destroy all their pictures; their idolatrous ones; the pictures of their gods, or the statues and figured stones of them: the Targum of Jonathan interprets it,"all the temples of their worship;''and the Jerusalem Targum,"all their idols;''so called, as Jarchi notes, because they covered the floor with a pavement of marble stones, to worship upon them by the stretching out of their hands and feet, according to Lev 26:1,
and destroy all their molten images; of gold, silver, &c.
and quite pluck down all their high places; their temples, groves, and altars built upon them.
John Wesley
33:52 Drive out - Not by banishing, but by destroying them. Pictures - Which seem to have been stones curiously engraven, and set up for worship. High Places - Chapels, altars, groves, or other means of worship there set up.
33:5333:53: Եւ կորուսջի՛ք զբնակիչս երկրին, եւ բնակեսջի՛ք դուք ՚ի նմա. զի ձե՛զ ետու զերկիրն նոցա ՚ի վիճակ,
53 Կ’ոչնչացնէք երկրի բնակիչներին եւ կը բնակուէք այնտեղ, որովհետեւ նրանց երկիրը ձեզ եմ տալու իբրեւ սեփականութիւն:
53 Եւ այն երկիրը ձեր իշխանութեանը տակ անցընելով՝ անոր մէջ բնակեցէք, քանզի այն երկիրը ձեզի տուի, որպէս ժառանգ։
Եւ կորուսջիք զբնակիչս երկրին, եւ բնակեսջիք դուք ի նմա. զի ձեզ ետու զերկիրն նոցա ի վիճակ:

33:53: Եւ կորուսջի՛ք զբնակիչս երկրին, եւ բնակեսջի՛ք դուք ՚ի նմա. զի ձե՛զ ետու զերկիրն նոցա ՚ի վիճակ,
53 Կ’ոչնչացնէք երկրի բնակիչներին եւ կը բնակուէք այնտեղ, որովհետեւ նրանց երկիրը ձեզ եմ տալու իբրեւ սեփականութիւն:
53 Եւ այն երկիրը ձեր իշխանութեանը տակ անցընելով՝ անոր մէջ բնակեցէք, քանզի այն երկիրը ձեզի տուի, որպէս ժառանգ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:5353: и возьмите во владение землю и поселитесь на ней, ибо Я вам даю землю сию во владение;
33:53 καὶ και and; even ἀπολεῖτε απολλυμι destroy; lose πάντας πας all; every τοὺς ο the κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land καὶ και and; even κατοικήσετε κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in αὐτῇ αυτος he; him ὑμῖν υμιν you γὰρ γαρ for δέδωκα διδωμι give; deposit τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐν εν in κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment
33:53 וְ wᵊ וְ and הֹורַשְׁתֶּ֥ם hôraštˌem ירשׁ trample down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth וִֽ wˈi וְ and ישַׁבְתֶּם־ yšavtem- ישׁב sit בָּ֑הּ bˈāh בְּ in כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that לָכֶ֛ם lāḵˈem לְ to נָתַ֥תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth לָ lā לְ to רֶ֥שֶׁת rˌešeṯ ירשׁ trample down אֹתָֽהּ׃ ʔōṯˈāh אֵת [object marker]
33:53. mundantes terram et habitantes in ea ego enim dedi vobis illam in possessionemCleansing the land, and dwelling in it. For I have given it you for a possession.
53. and ye shall take possession of the land, and dwell therein: for unto you have I given the land to possess it.
33:53. cleansing the land and living in it. For I have given it you as a possession,
33:53. And ye shall dispossess [the inhabitants of] the land, and dwell therein: for I have given you the land to possess it.
And ye shall dispossess [the inhabitants] of the land, and dwell therein: for I have given you the land to possess it:

53: и возьмите во владение землю и поселитесь на ней, ибо Я вам даю землю сию во владение;
33:53
καὶ και and; even
ἀπολεῖτε απολλυμι destroy; lose
πάντας πας all; every
τοὺς ο the
κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
καὶ και and; even
κατοικήσετε κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
αὐτῇ αυτος he; him
ὑμῖν υμιν you
γὰρ γαρ for
δέδωκα διδωμι give; deposit
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment
33:53
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֹורַשְׁתֶּ֥ם hôraštˌem ירשׁ trample down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
וִֽ wˈi וְ and
ישַׁבְתֶּם־ yšavtem- ישׁב sit
בָּ֑הּ bˈāh בְּ in
כִּ֥י kˌî כִּי that
לָכֶ֛ם lāḵˈem לְ to
נָתַ֥תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֖רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
לָ לְ to
רֶ֥שֶׁת rˌešeṯ ירשׁ trample down
אֹתָֽהּ׃ ʔōṯˈāh אֵת [object marker]
33:53. mundantes terram et habitantes in ea ego enim dedi vobis illam in possessionem
Cleansing the land, and dwelling in it. For I have given it you for a possession.
33:53. cleansing the land and living in it. For I have given it you as a possession,
33:53. And ye shall dispossess [the inhabitants of] the land, and dwell therein: for I have given you the land to possess it.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
53-54: Ср. Чис ХXVI:54–56.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:53: Deu 32:8; Psa 24:1, Psa 24:2, Psa 115:16; Jer 27:5, Jer 27:6; Dan 4:17, Dan 4:25, Dan 4:32; Mat 20:15
John Gill
33:53 And ye shall dispossess the inhabitants of the land, and dwell therein,.... Turn them out of their cities, towns, and houses, and inhabit them:
for I have given you the land to possess it; who had a right to dispose of it, and a better title they needed not desire than the Lord could and did make them.
33:5433:54: ըստ ցեղից ձերոց, ըստ բազմաց՝ բազմացուցանիջի՛ք զկալուածս իւրեանց. եւ ըստ սակաւուց՝ սակաւացուսջի՛ք զկալուածս իւրեանց։ Որպէս ելանիցէ յանուն ուրուք՝ ա՛նդ լինիցի. ըստ ցեղի՛ց նահապետութեան ձերոյ ժառանգեսջիք[1583]։ [1583] Օրինակ մի. Բազմացուցանիցէք... սակաւացուցանիցէք... ըստ ցեղից ցեղից նահապե՛՛։
54 Ըստ ձեր ցեղերի անդամների թուաքանակի, կը բաժանէք այդ երկիրը[47]. բազմանդամներին մեծ բաժին կը յատկացնէք, իսկ սակաւանդամներին՝ փոքր բաժին: Իւրաքանչիւր ցեղ թող ստանայ այն, ինչ կը հասնի նրան: Բաժանումը պէտք է կատարուի ըստ ձեր նահապետութեան ցեղերի:[47] 47. Եբրայերէնում՝ Երկիրը կը ժառանգէք վիճակ գցելով...
54 Եւ այն երկիրը վիճակով պէտք է ժառանգէք ձեր տոհմերուն համեմատ. շատուոր եղողին շատ ժառանգութիւն պիտի տաք ու քիչուոր եղողին քիչ ժառանգութիւն պիտի տաք. տեղի մը վիճակը, որու որ ելլէ, կալուածքը անոր ըլլայ. ձեր հայրերուն սերունդներուն համեմատ պէտք է ժառանգէք։
[547]Ըստ ցեղից ձերոց, ըստ բազմաց` բազմացուցանիջիք զկալուածս իւրեանց, եւ ըստ սակաւուց` սակաւացուսջիք զկալուածս իւրեանց. որպէս ելանիցէ յանուն ուրուք` անդ լինիցի. ըստ ցեղից նահապետութեան ձերոյ ժառանգեսջիք:

33:54: ըստ ցեղից ձերոց, ըստ բազմաց՝ բազմացուցանիջի՛ք զկալուածս իւրեանց. եւ ըստ սակաւուց՝ սակաւացուսջի՛ք զկալուածս իւրեանց։ Որպէս ելանիցէ յանուն ուրուք՝ ա՛նդ լինիցի. ըստ ցեղի՛ց նահապետութեան ձերոյ ժառանգեսջիք[1583]։
[1583] Օրինակ մի. Բազմացուցանիցէք... սակաւացուցանիցէք... ըստ ցեղից ցեղից նահապե՛՛։
54 Ըստ ձեր ցեղերի անդամների թուաքանակի, կը բաժանէք այդ երկիրը[47]. բազմանդամներին մեծ բաժին կը յատկացնէք, իսկ սակաւանդամներին՝ փոքր բաժին: Իւրաքանչիւր ցեղ թող ստանայ այն, ինչ կը հասնի նրան: Բաժանումը պէտք է կատարուի ըստ ձեր նահապետութեան ցեղերի:
[47] 47. Եբրայերէնում՝ Երկիրը կը ժառանգէք վիճակ գցելով...
54 Եւ այն երկիրը վիճակով պէտք է ժառանգէք ձեր տոհմերուն համեմատ. շատուոր եղողին շատ ժառանգութիւն պիտի տաք ու քիչուոր եղողին քիչ ժառանգութիւն պիտի տաք. տեղի մը վիճակը, որու որ ելլէ, կալուածքը անոր ըլլայ. ձեր հայրերուն սերունդներուն համեմատ պէտք է ժառանգէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:5454: и разделите землю по жребию на уделы племенам вашим: многочисленному дайте удел более, а малочисленному дай удел менее; кому где выйдет жребий, там ему и будет [удел]; по коленам отцов ваших возьмите себе уделы;
33:54 καὶ και and; even κατακληρονομήσετε κατακληρονομεω possess; give possession τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐν εν in κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment κατὰ κατα down; by φυλὰς φυλη tribe ὑμῶν υμων your τοῖς ο the πλείοσιν πλειων more; majority πληθυνεῖτε πληθυνω multiply τὴν ο the κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τοῖς ο the ἐλάττοσιν ελασσων inferior; less ἐλαττώσετε ελαττοω diminish τὴν ο the κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding αὐτῶν αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for ὃ ος who; what ἐὰν εαν and if; unless ἐξέλθῃ εξερχομαι come out; go out τὸ ο the ὄνομα ονομα name; notable αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἐκεῖ εκει there αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἔσται ειμι be κατὰ κατα down; by φυλὰς φυλη tribe πατριῶν πατρια lineage; family line ὑμῶν υμων your κληρονομήσετε κληρονομεω inherit; heir
33:54 וְ wᵊ וְ and הִתְנַחַלְתֶּם֩ hiṯnaḥaltˌem נחל take possession אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֨רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth בְּ bᵊ בְּ in גֹורָ֜ל ḡôrˈāl גֹּורָל lot לְ lᵊ לְ to מִשְׁפְּחֹֽתֵיכֶ֗ם mišpᵊḥˈōṯêḵˈem מִשְׁפָּחָה clan לָ lā לְ to † הַ the רַ֞ב rˈav רַב much תַּרְבּ֤וּ tarbˈû רבה be many אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] נַחֲלָתֹו֙ naḥᵃlāṯˌô נַחֲלָה heritage וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to † הַ the מְעַט֙ mᵊʕˌaṭ מְעַט little תַּמְעִ֣יט tamʕˈîṭ מעט be little אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] נַחֲלָתֹ֔ו naḥᵃlāṯˈô נַחֲלָה heritage אֶל֩ ʔˌel אֶל to אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] יֵ֨צֵא yˌēṣē יצא go out לֹ֥ו lˌô לְ to שָׁ֛מָּה šˈāmmā שָׁם there הַ ha הַ the גֹּורָ֖ל ggôrˌāl גֹּורָל lot לֹ֣ו lˈô לְ to יִהְיֶ֑ה yihyˈeh היה be לְ lᵊ לְ to מַטֹּ֥ות maṭṭˌôṯ מַטֶּה staff אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם ʔᵃvōṯêḵˌem אָב father תִּתְנֶחָֽלוּ׃ tiṯneḥˈālû נחל take possession
33:54. quam dividetis vobis sorte pluribus dabitis latiorem et paucis angustiorem singulis ut sors ceciderit ita tribuetur hereditas per tribus et familias possessio divideturAnd you shall divide it among you by lot. To the more you shall give a larger part, and to the fewer a lesser. To every one as the lot shall fall, so shall the inheritance be given. The possession shall be divided by the tribes and the families.
54. And ye shall inherit the land by lot according to your families; to the more ye shall give the more inheritance, and to the fewer thou shalt give the less inheritance: wheresoever the lot falleth to any man, that shall be his; according to the tribes of your fathers shall ye inherit.
33:54. which you shall divide among you by lot. To the greater number you shall give more, and to the lesser number, less. To each one, just as the lot shall fall, so shall the inheritance be distributed. The possession shall be divided by the tribes and families.
33:54. And ye shall divide the land by lot for an inheritance among your families: [and] to the more ye shall give the more inheritance, and to the fewer ye shall give the less inheritance: every man’s [inheritance] shall be in the place where his lot falleth; according to the tribes of your fathers ye shall inherit.
And ye shall divide the land by lot for an inheritance among your families: [and] to the more ye shall give the more inheritance, and to the fewer ye shall give the less inheritance: every man' s [inheritance] shall be in the place where his lot falleth; according to the tribes of your fathers ye shall inherit:

54: и разделите землю по жребию на уделы племенам вашим: многочисленному дайте удел более, а малочисленному дай удел менее; кому где выйдет жребий, там ему и будет [удел]; по коленам отцов ваших возьмите себе уделы;
33:54
καὶ και and; even
κατακληρονομήσετε κατακληρονομεω possess; give possession
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment
κατὰ κατα down; by
φυλὰς φυλη tribe
ὑμῶν υμων your
τοῖς ο the
πλείοσιν πλειων more; majority
πληθυνεῖτε πληθυνω multiply
τὴν ο the
κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τοῖς ο the
ἐλάττοσιν ελασσων inferior; less
ἐλαττώσετε ελαττοω diminish
τὴν ο the
κατάσχεσιν κατασχεσις holding
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
ος who; what
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
ἐξέλθῃ εξερχομαι come out; go out
τὸ ο the
ὄνομα ονομα name; notable
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἐκεῖ εκει there
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἔσται ειμι be
κατὰ κατα down; by
φυλὰς φυλη tribe
πατριῶν πατρια lineage; family line
ὑμῶν υμων your
κληρονομήσετε κληρονομεω inherit; heir
33:54
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִתְנַחַלְתֶּם֩ hiṯnaḥaltˌem נחל take possession
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֨רֶץ ʔˌāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
גֹורָ֜ל ḡôrˈāl גֹּורָל lot
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מִשְׁפְּחֹֽתֵיכֶ֗ם mišpᵊḥˈōṯêḵˈem מִשְׁפָּחָה clan
לָ לְ to
הַ the
רַ֞ב rˈav רַב much
תַּרְבּ֤וּ tarbˈû רבה be many
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
נַחֲלָתֹו֙ naḥᵃlāṯˌô נַחֲלָה heritage
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
מְעַט֙ mᵊʕˌaṭ מְעַט little
תַּמְעִ֣יט tamʕˈîṭ מעט be little
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
נַחֲלָתֹ֔ו naḥᵃlāṯˈô נַחֲלָה heritage
אֶל֩ ʔˌel אֶל to
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יֵ֨צֵא yˌēṣē יצא go out
לֹ֥ו lˌô לְ to
שָׁ֛מָּה šˈāmmā שָׁם there
הַ ha הַ the
גֹּורָ֖ל ggôrˌāl גֹּורָל lot
לֹ֣ו lˈô לְ to
יִהְיֶ֑ה yihyˈeh היה be
לְ lᵊ לְ to
מַטֹּ֥ות maṭṭˌôṯ מַטֶּה staff
אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם ʔᵃvōṯêḵˌem אָב father
תִּתְנֶחָֽלוּ׃ tiṯneḥˈālû נחל take possession
33:54. quam dividetis vobis sorte pluribus dabitis latiorem et paucis angustiorem singulis ut sors ceciderit ita tribuetur hereditas per tribus et familias possessio dividetur
And you shall divide it among you by lot. To the more you shall give a larger part, and to the fewer a lesser. To every one as the lot shall fall, so shall the inheritance be given. The possession shall be divided by the tribes and the families.
33:54. which you shall divide among you by lot. To the greater number you shall give more, and to the lesser number, less. To each one, just as the lot shall fall, so shall the inheritance be distributed. The possession shall be divided by the tribes and families.
33:54. And ye shall divide the land by lot for an inheritance among your families: [and] to the more ye shall give the more inheritance, and to the fewer ye shall give the less inheritance: every man’s [inheritance] shall be in the place where his lot falleth; according to the tribes of your fathers ye shall inherit.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:54: ye shall divide: Num 26:53-56
give the more inheritance: Heb. multiply his inheritance, Num 26:54
give the less inheritance: Heb. diminish his inheritance in the place, Jos 15:1-12, Jos 16:1-4, Jos 17:1-13, Jos 18:11-28, Jos 19:1-48
John Gill
33:54 And ye shall divide the land by lot,.... What is said in this verse is the same with Num 26:53, where it has been explained; See Gill on Num 26:53; see Gill on Num 26:54; see Gill on Num 26:55; see Gill on Num 26:56.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:54 ye shall divide the land by lot--The particular locality of each tribe was to be determined in this manner while a line was to be used in measuring the proportion (Josh 18:10; Ps 16:5-6).
33:5533:55: Եւ եթէ ո՛չ կորուսանէք զբնակիչս երկրին յերեսաց ձերոց, եղիցին զոր թողուցուքն ՚ի նոցանէ՝ խո՛չ յական ձերում, եւ նե՛տք ՚ի կողս ձեր. եւ եղիցին ձեզ թշնամի՛ք յերկրին յորում դուք բնակիցէք[1584]. [1584] Ոմանք. Եթէ ո՛չ կորուսանիցէք։
55 Եթէ երկրի բնակիչներին չոչնչացնէք, ձեր կենդանի թողածները փուշ կը լինեն ձեր աչքերին եւ նետեր՝ ձեր կողերին: Նրանք ձեր թշնամիները կը լինեն այն երկրում, որտեղ դուք էք բնակւում:
55 Բայց եթէ այն երկրին բնակիչները ձեր առջեւէն չվռնտէք, այն ատեն անոնցմէ ով որ ողջ թողուցած էք, ձեր աչքերուն փուշ ու ձեր կողերուն տատասկ պիտի ըլլան ու ձեր բնակած երկրին մէջ ձեզի թշնամութիւն պիտի ընեն։
Եւ եթէ ոչ կորուսանիցէք զբնակիչս երկրին յերեսաց ձերոց, եղիցին զոր թողուցուքն ի նոցանէ` խոչ յական ձերում եւ նետք ի կողս ձեր, եւ եղիցին ձեզ թշնամիք յերկրին յորում դուք բնակիցէք:

33:55: Եւ եթէ ո՛չ կորուսանէք զբնակիչս երկրին յերեսաց ձերոց, եղիցին զոր թողուցուքն ՚ի նոցանէ՝ խո՛չ յական ձերում, եւ նե՛տք ՚ի կողս ձեր. եւ եղիցին ձեզ թշնամի՛ք յերկրին յորում դուք բնակիցէք[1584].
[1584] Ոմանք. Եթէ ո՛չ կորուսանիցէք։
55 Եթէ երկրի բնակիչներին չոչնչացնէք, ձեր կենդանի թողածները փուշ կը լինեն ձեր աչքերին եւ նետեր՝ ձեր կողերին: Նրանք ձեր թշնամիները կը լինեն այն երկրում, որտեղ դուք էք բնակւում:
55 Բայց եթէ այն երկրին բնակիչները ձեր առջեւէն չվռնտէք, այն ատեն անոնցմէ ով որ ողջ թողուցած էք, ձեր աչքերուն փուշ ու ձեր կողերուն տատասկ պիտի ըլլան ու ձեր բնակած երկրին մէջ ձեզի թշնամութիւն պիտի ընեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:5555: если же вы не прогоните от себя жителей земли, то оставшиеся из них будут тернами для глаз ваших и иглами для боков ваших и будут теснить вас на земле, в которой вы будете жить,
33:55 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while μὴ μη not ἀπολέσητε απολλυμι destroy; lose τοὺς ο the κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ἀπὸ απο from; away προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be οὓς ος who; what ἐὰν εαν and if; unless καταλίπητε καταλειπω leave behind; remain ἐξ εκ from; out of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him σκόλοπες σκολοψ pale ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the ὀφθαλμοῖς οφθαλμος eye; sight ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even βολίδες βολις javelin ἐν εν in ταῖς ο the πλευραῖς πλευρα side ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even ἐχθρεύσουσιν εχθρευω in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ἐφ᾿ επι in; on ἣν ος who; what ὑμεῖς υμεις you κατοικήσετε κατοικεω settle
33:55 וְ wᵊ וְ and אִם־ ʔim- אִם if לֹ֨א lˌō לֹא not תֹורִ֜ישׁוּ ṯôrˈîšû ירשׁ trample down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יֹשְׁבֵ֣י yōšᵊvˈê ישׁב sit הָ hā הַ the אָרֶץ֮ ʔāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִ mi מִן from פְּנֵיכֶם֒ ppᵊnêḵˌem פָּנֶה face וְ wᵊ וְ and הָיָה֙ hāyˌā היה be אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תֹּותִ֣ירוּ tôṯˈîrû יתר remain מֵהֶ֔ם mēhˈem מִן from לְ lᵊ לְ to שִׂכִּים֙ śikkîm שֵׂךְ thorn בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֵ֣ינֵיכֶ֔ם ʕˈênêḵˈem עַיִן eye וְ wᵊ וְ and לִ li לְ to צְנִינִ֖ם ṣᵊnînˌim צְנִינִים pricks בְּ bᵊ בְּ in צִדֵּיכֶ֑ם ṣiddêḵˈem צַד side וְ wᵊ וְ and צָרֲר֣וּ ṣārᵃrˈû צרר be hostile אֶתְכֶ֔ם ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ hā הַ the אָ֕רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אַתֶּ֖ם ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you יֹשְׁבִ֥ים yōšᵊvˌîm ישׁב sit בָּֽהּ׃ bˈāh בְּ in
33:55. sin autem nolueritis interficere habitatores terrae qui remanserint erunt vobis quasi clavi in oculis et lanceae in lateribus et adversabuntur vobis in terra habitationis vestraeBut if you will not kill the inhabitants of the land: they that remain, shall be unto you as nails in your eyes, and spears in your sides, and they shall be your adversaries in the land of your habitation.
55. But if ye will not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you; then shall those which ye let remain of them be as pricks in your eyes, and as thorns in your sides, and they shall vex you in the land wherein ye dwell.
33:55. But if you are not willing to put to death the inhabitants of the land, those who remain shall be to you like spikes in your eyes and lances in your sides, and they shall be adversaries to you in the land of your habitation.
33:55. But if ye will not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you; then it shall come to pass, that those which ye let remain of them [shall be] pricks in your eyes, and thorns in your sides, and shall vex you in the land wherein ye dwell.
But if ye will not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you; then it shall come to pass, that those which ye let remain of them [shall be] pricks in your eyes, and thorns in your sides, and shall vex you in the land wherein ye dwell:

55: если же вы не прогоните от себя жителей земли, то оставшиеся из них будут тернами для глаз ваших и иглами для боков ваших и будут теснить вас на земле, в которой вы будете жить,
33:55
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
μὴ μη not
ἀπολέσητε απολλυμι destroy; lose
τοὺς ο the
κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ἀπὸ απο from; away
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
οὓς ος who; what
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
καταλίπητε καταλειπω leave behind; remain
ἐξ εκ from; out of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
σκόλοπες σκολοψ pale
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
ὀφθαλμοῖς οφθαλμος eye; sight
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
βολίδες βολις javelin
ἐν εν in
ταῖς ο the
πλευραῖς πλευρα side
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
ἐχθρεύσουσιν εχθρευω in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ἐφ᾿ επι in; on
ἣν ος who; what
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
κατοικήσετε κατοικεω settle
33:55
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
לֹ֨א lˌō לֹא not
תֹורִ֜ישׁוּ ṯôrˈîšû ירשׁ trample down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יֹשְׁבֵ֣י yōšᵊvˈê ישׁב sit
הָ הַ the
אָרֶץ֮ ʔāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִ mi מִן from
פְּנֵיכֶם֒ ppᵊnêḵˌem פָּנֶה face
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָיָה֙ hāyˌā היה be
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תֹּותִ֣ירוּ tôṯˈîrû יתר remain
מֵהֶ֔ם mēhˈem מִן from
לְ lᵊ לְ to
שִׂכִּים֙ śikkîm שֵׂךְ thorn
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֵ֣ינֵיכֶ֔ם ʕˈênêḵˈem עַיִן eye
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לִ li לְ to
צְנִינִ֖ם ṣᵊnînˌim צְנִינִים pricks
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
צִדֵּיכֶ֑ם ṣiddêḵˈem צַד side
וְ wᵊ וְ and
צָרֲר֣וּ ṣārᵃrˈû צרר be hostile
אֶתְכֶ֔ם ʔeṯᵊḵˈem אֵת [object marker]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ הַ the
אָ֕רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אַתֶּ֖ם ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you
יֹשְׁבִ֥ים yōšᵊvˌîm ישׁב sit
בָּֽהּ׃ bˈāh בְּ in
33:55. sin autem nolueritis interficere habitatores terrae qui remanserint erunt vobis quasi clavi in oculis et lanceae in lateribus et adversabuntur vobis in terra habitationis vestrae
But if you will not kill the inhabitants of the land: they that remain, shall be unto you as nails in your eyes, and spears in your sides, and they shall be your adversaries in the land of your habitation.
33:55. But if you are not willing to put to death the inhabitants of the land, those who remain shall be to you like spikes in your eyes and lances in your sides, and they shall be adversaries to you in the land of your habitation.
33:55. But if ye will not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you; then it shall come to pass, that those which ye let remain of them [shall be] pricks in your eyes, and thorns in your sides, and shall vex you in the land wherein ye dwell.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
33:55: Shall be pricks in your eyes - Under these metaphors, the continual mischief that should be done to them, both in soul and body, by these idolaters, is set forth in a very expressive manner. What can be more vexatious than a continual goading of each side, so that the attempt to avoid the one throws the body more forcibly on the other? And what can be more distressing than a continual pricking in the eye, harassing the mind, tormenting the body, and extinguishing the sight?
1. It has been usual among pious men to consider these Canaanites remaining in the land, as emblems of indwelling sin; and it must be granted that what those remaining Canaanites were to the people of Israel, who were disobedient to God, such is indwelling sin to all those who will not have the blood of the covenant to cleanse them from all unrighteousness. For a time, while conscience is tender, such persons feel themselves straitened in all their goings, hindered in all their religious services, and distressed beyond measure because of the law - the authority and power of sin, which they find warring in their members: by and by the eye of their mind becomes obscured by the constant piercings of sin, till at last, fatally persuaded that sin must dwell in them as long as they live, they accommodate their minds to their situation, their consciences cease to be tender, and they content themselves with expecting redemption where and when it has never been promised, viz., beyond the grave! On the subject of the journeyings of the Israelites, the following observations from old Mr. Ainsworth cannot fail to interest the reader.
2. "The Travels of Israel through that great and terrible wilderness, wherein were fiery serpents, and scorpions, and drought, where there was no water, Deu 8:15, which was a land of deserts, and of pits, a land of drought, and of the shadow of death, a land that no man passed through, and where no man dwelt, Jer 2:6, signified the many troubles and afflictions through which we must enter into the kingdom of God, Act 14:22. The helps, comforts, and deliverances which God gave unto his people in their distresses, are examples of his love and mercy towards his followers; for he comforts them in all their tribulation, that as the sufferings of Christ abound in them, so their consolation also abounds in Christ, Co2 1:5. The punishments which God inflicted upon the disobedient, who perished in the wilderness for their sins, happened unto them for ensamples, and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come, Co1 10:1, Co1 10:11; Heb 3:17, Heb 3:18, Heb 3:19; Heb 4:1, Heb 4:2. By the names of their encamping places, and histories adjoined, it appears how Israel came sometimes into straits and troublesome ways, as at Pihahiroth, Exo 14:2, Exo 14:3, Exo 14:10, etc.; and at Zalmonah, Num 2:1, Num 2:4, etc.; sometimes into large and ample room, as at the plains of Moab; sometimes to places of hunger and thirst, as at Rephidim and Kadesh, Exodus 16, 17; Numbers 20; sometimes to places of refreshing, as at Elim and Beer, Exo 15:27; Num 21:16; sometimes where they had wars, as at Rephidim, Kadesh, Edrei, Exo 17:8; Num 21:1, Num 21:33; sometimes where they had rest, as at Mount Sinai: sometimes they went right forward, as from Sinai to Kadesh-barnea; sometimes they turned backward, as from Kadesh-barnea to the Red Sea: sometimes they came to mountains, as Sinai, Shapher, Hor-Gidgad; sometimes to valleys, as Tahath, etc.; sometimes to places of bitterness, as Marah; sometimes, of sweetness, as Mithcah.
3. "The Sins which they committed in the wilderness were many and great; as open Idolatry by the calf, at Horeb, Exodus 32, and with Baal-peor, Numbers 25. Unbelief, at Kadesh, Numbers 14; and afterwards Presumptuous Boldness in the same place; Murmuring against God sundry times, with tempting of Christ, (as the apostle speaks, 1 Corinthians 15). Contention and Rebellion against their governors often; lusting for flesh to fill their appetites, and loathing manna, the heavenly food; Whoredom with the daughters of Moab, and many other provocations; so that this complaint is after made of them, How oft did they provoke him in the wilderness, and grieve him in the desert! Psa 78:40. All sorts of persons sinned against God; the multitude of people very often; the mixed multitude of strangers among them, Numbers 11. The princes, as the ten spies, Dathan, Abiram, etc. The Levites, as Korah and his company; Miriam the prophetess, Numbers 12; Aaron the priest with her, besides his sin at Horeb, Exodus 32; and at the water of Meribah, Numbers 20. Moses also himself at the same place, for which he was excluded from the land of Canaan.
4. "The Punishments laid on them by the Lord for their disobedience were many. They died by the sword of the enemy, as of the Amalekites, Exodus 17, and of the Canaanites, Num 14:45; and some by the sword of their brethren, Exodus 32. Some were burned with fire, Numbers 11, 16; some died with surfeit, Numbers 11; some were swallowed up alive in the earth, Numbers 16; some were killed with serpents, Numbers 21; many died of the pestilence, Num 16:46, and Num 5:25; and generally all that generation which were first mustered, after their coming out of Egypt, perished, Num 26:64, Num 26:65. God consumed their days in vanity, and their years in terror, Psa 78:33.
5. "Nevertheless, for his name's sake, he magnified his Mercies unto them and their posterity. He had divided the sea, and led them through on dry land, drowning their enemies, Exodus 14. He led them with a cloud by day, and a pillar of fire by night, continually. He gave them manna from heaven daily. He clave the rock, and gave them water for their thirst. He fed them with quails, when they longed for flesh. He sweetened the bitter waters. He saved them from the sword of their enemies. He delivered them from the fiery serpents and scorpions. Their raiment waxed not old upon them, neither did their foot swell for forty years, Deu 8:4. He delivered them from the intended curse of Balaam, and turned it into a blessing, because he loved them, Numbers 22; Deu 23:5. He came down from Mount Sinai, and spake with them from heaven, and gave them right judgments and true laws, good statutes and commandments, and gave also his good Spirit to instruct them, Neh 9:13, Neh 9:20. In the times of his wrath he remembered mercy; his eye spared them from destroying them, neither did he make an end of them in the wilderness, Eze 20:17, Eze 20:22. He gave them kingdoms and nations, and they possessed the lands of their enemies; and he multiplied their children as the stars of heaven, and brought them into the land promised unto their forefathers. Neh 9:22, Neh 9:23. Now whatsoever things were written aforetime were written for our learning, that we, through patience and comfort of the Scriptures, might have hope, Rom 15:4." Let him that readeth understand."
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:55: shall be pricks: Exo 23:33; Deu 7:4, Deu 7:16; Jos 23:12, Jos 23:13; Judg. 1:21-36, Jdg 2:3; Psa 106:34-36; Eze 28:24
John Gill
33:55 But if ye will not drive out the inhabitants of the land before you,.... Should be remiss and careless about it, and indifferent to it, and not make use of the proper means to get rid of them, but, on the contrary, make covenants with them, and intermarry among them; or, however, become friendly to them, and suffer them to dwell among them:
then it shall come to pass, that those which ye let remain of them; sparing their lives, and permitting them to dwell among them:
shall be pricks in your eyes, and thorns in your sides; which figurative expressions show that they should be very troublesome and distressing to them, even in their most tender and nearest concerns, and dearest relations, and which are explained and more properly expressed as follows:
and shall vex you in the land wherein ye dwell; among other things by their wicked conversation, and by drawing them into sin through their ill examples, and so bring the displeasure of God upon them, and punishment for their evil doings.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
33:55 But if ye will not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you--No associations were to be formed with the inhabitants; otherwise, "if ye let remain, they will be pricks in your eyes, and thorns in your sides"--that is, they would prove troublesome and dangerous neighbors, enticing to idolatry, and consequently depriving you of the divine favor and blessing. The neglect of the counsel against union with the idolatrous inhabitants became fatal to them. This earnest admonition given to the Israelites in their peculiar circumstances conveys a salutary lesson to us to allow no lurking habits of sin to remain in us. That spiritual enemy must be eradicated from our nature; otherwise it will be ruinous to our present peace and future salvation.
33:5633:56: եւ եղիցի որպէս խորհէի առնել նոցա՝ արարից ձե՛զ[1585]։[1585] Ոմանք. Որպէս խորհեցայ առնել նոցա։
56 Եւ կը լինի այնպէս, որ ինչ վճռել էի անել նրանց նկատմամբ, կ’անեմ ձեր նկատմամբ”»:
56 Եւ ինչ որ մտածեր էի անոնց ընել, նոյնը պիտի ընեմ ձեզի։
Եւ եղիցի որպէս խորհէի առնել նոցա, արարից ձեզ:

33:56: եւ եղիցի որպէս խորհէի առնել նոցա՝ արարից ձե՛զ[1585]։
[1585] Ոմանք. Որպէս խորհեցայ առնել նոցա։
56 Եւ կը լինի այնպէս, որ ինչ վճռել էի անել նրանց նկատմամբ, կ’անեմ ձեր նկատմամբ”»:
56 Եւ ինչ որ մտածեր էի անոնց ընել, նոյնը պիտի ընեմ ձեզի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
33:5656: и тогда, что Я вознамерился сделать им, сделаю вам.
33:56 καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be καθότι καθοτι in that διεγνώκειν διαγινωσκω diagnose; decide ποιῆσαι ποιεω do; make αὐτούς αυτος he; him ποιήσω ποιεω do; make ὑμῖν υμιν you
33:56 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָיָ֗ה hāyˈā היה be כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] דִּמִּ֛יתִי dimmˈîṯî דמה be like לַ la לְ to עֲשֹׂ֥ות ʕᵃśˌôṯ עשׂה make לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה ʔˈeʕᵉśˌeh עשׂה make לָכֶֽם׃ פ lāḵˈem . f לְ to
33:56. et quicquid illis facere cogitaram vobis faciamAnd whatsoever I had thought to do to them, I will do to you.
56. And it shall come to pass, that as I thought to do unto them, so will I do unto you.
33:56. And whatever I had decided to do to them, I will do to you.”
33:56. Moreover it shall come to pass, [that] I shall do unto you, as I thought to do unto them.
Moreover it shall come to pass, [that] I shall do unto you, as I thought to do unto them:

56: и тогда, что Я вознамерился сделать им, сделаю вам.
33:56
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
καθότι καθοτι in that
διεγνώκειν διαγινωσκω diagnose; decide
ποιῆσαι ποιεω do; make
αὐτούς αυτος he; him
ποιήσω ποιεω do; make
ὑμῖν υμιν you
33:56
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָיָ֗ה hāyˈā היה be
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
דִּמִּ֛יתִי dimmˈîṯî דמה be like
לַ la לְ to
עֲשֹׂ֥ות ʕᵃśˌôṯ עשׂה make
לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to
אֶֽעֱשֶׂ֥ה ʔˈeʕᵉśˌeh עשׂה make
לָכֶֽם׃ פ lāḵˈem . f לְ to
33:56. et quicquid illis facere cogitaram vobis faciam
And whatsoever I had thought to do to them, I will do to you.
33:56. And whatever I had decided to do to them, I will do to you.”
33:56. Moreover it shall come to pass, [that] I shall do unto you, as I thought to do unto them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
33:56: Lev 18:28, Lev 20:23; Deu 28:63, Deu 29:28; Jos 23:15, Jos 23:16; Ch2 36:17-20; Eze 33:24-29; Luk 21:23, Luk 21:24
John Gill
33:56 Moreover, it shall come to pass,.... This being the case, they suffering the Canaanites to dwell among them, and they mingling with them, learning their works, and serving their gods: that
I shall do unto you as I thought I should do unto them; deliver them up into the hands of their enemies, who should carry them captive into other lands.